[go: up one dir, main page]

HK1237163B - Image processing device and method - Google Patents

Image processing device and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
HK1237163B
HK1237163B HK17110819.9A HK17110819A HK1237163B HK 1237163 B HK1237163 B HK 1237163B HK 17110819 A HK17110819 A HK 17110819A HK 1237163 B HK1237163 B HK 1237163B
Authority
HK
Hong Kong
Prior art keywords
image
unit
filter
data
encoding
Prior art date
Application number
HK17110819.9A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
HK1237163A1 (en
Inventor
佐藤数史
Original Assignee
Sony Group Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sony Group Corporation filed Critical Sony Group Corporation
Publication of HK1237163A1 publication Critical patent/HK1237163A1/en
Publication of HK1237163B publication Critical patent/HK1237163B/en

Links

Description

图像处理设备和方法Image processing device and method

本申请是国家申请号为201280004667.8,进入中国国家阶段的日期为2013年7月4日,发明名称为“图像处理设备和方法”的PCT申请的分案申请。This application is a divisional application of the PCT application with national application number 201280004667.8, which entered the Chinese national phase on July 4, 2013, and the invention name is “Image Processing Device and Method”.

技术领域Technical Field

本公开涉及一种图像处理设备和方法,并且更具体地涉及一种能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低的图像处理设备和方法。The present disclosure relates to an image processing apparatus and method, and more particularly to an image processing apparatus and method capable of enhancing encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

背景技术Background Art

近年来,与诸如MPEG(运动专家图像组)的压缩格式兼容的设备已经变得广泛用于广播站的信息发布和普通家庭的信息接收两者中,在该压缩格式中,针对获得信息的高效率传送和累积的目的、通过利用图像信息所特有的冗余,对图像信息进行数字处理并且使用正交变换(诸如,离散余弦变换)和运动补偿对图像信息进行压缩。In recent years, devices compatible with compression formats such as MPEG (Motion Experts Picture Group), in which image information is digitally processed and compressed using orthogonal transforms (such as discrete cosine transforms) and motion compensation for the purpose of achieving efficient transmission and accumulation of information by utilizing the redundancy unique to image information, have become widely used both for information dissemination by broadcasting stations and for information reception in ordinary households.

具体地,MPEG-2(ISO(国际标准化组织)/IEC(国际电工委员会)13818-2)被定义为通用图像编码格式,是涵盖了隔行扫描图像和渐近扫描图像两者以及标准清晰度图像和高清晰度图像的标准,以及当前被广泛地用于针对专业用途和消费者用途的大范围的应用。采用MPEG-2压缩格式,例如,通过将4至8Mbps的编码量(比特率)分配给具有720×480像素的标准清晰度隔行扫描图像,或通过将18至22Mbps的编码量(比特率)分配给具有1920×1088像素的高清晰度隔行扫描图像,可以实现高压缩率和良好的图像质量。Specifically, MPEG-2 (ISO (International Organization for Standardization)/IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) 13818-2) is defined as a general-purpose image coding format. It is a standard that covers both interlaced and progressive scan images, as well as standard-definition and high-definition images, and is currently widely used in a wide range of applications for both professional and consumer use. The MPEG-2 compression format, for example, can achieve a high compression ratio and good image quality by allocating a coding amount (bit rate) of 4 to 8 Mbps to a standard-definition interlaced image having 720×480 pixels, or by allocating a coding amount (bit rate) of 18 to 22 Mbps to a high-definition interlaced image having 1920×1088 pixels.

MPEG-2主要用于适合于广播的高图像质量编码,但是不与具有低于MPEG-1的编码量(比特率)的编码量(即,较高的压缩率)的编码格式兼容。随着移动终端的广泛使用,将来对于这样的编码格式的需求将会增加,并且作为响应,MPEG-4编码格式被标准化。关于图像编码格式,MPEG-4在1998年12月作为ISO/IEC 14496-2被指定为国际标准。MPEG-2 is primarily used for high-quality video encoding suitable for broadcasting, but is not compatible with encoding formats with a lower encoding capacity (i.e., higher compression ratio) than MPEG-1. With the widespread use of mobile terminals, demand for such encoding formats is expected to increase in the future, and in response, the MPEG-4 encoding format was standardized. Regarding image encoding formats, MPEG-4 was designated as an international standard as ISO/IEC 14496-2 in December 1998.

此外,近年来,最初针对用于视频会议的图像编码的目的的格式H.26L(ITU-T(国际电信联盟远程通信标准部)Q6/16VCEG(视频编码专家组))的标准化处于发展之中。已知尽管根据H.26L的编码和解码涉及较大的计算量,但是相比于之前的编码格式(诸如MPEG-2和MEPG-4),H.26L实现了较高的编码效率。另外,当前,作为MPEG-4活动的一部分,基于H.26L、通过引入H.26L所不支持的功能,用于实现较高编码效率的标准化正进行作为增强压缩视频编码的联合模型。Furthermore, in recent years, standardization of the H.26L format (ITU-T (International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardization Sector) Q6/16 VCEG (Video Coding Experts Group)), originally intended for image coding for video conferencing, has been underway. It is known that, while encoding and decoding according to H.26L involve significant computational effort, H.26L achieves higher coding efficiency compared to previous coding formats such as MPEG-2 and MPEG-4. Furthermore, as part of the MPEG-4 initiative, standardization is currently underway to achieve higher coding efficiency based on H.26L by introducing functions not supported by H.26L as part of the Joint Model for Enhanced Compression Video Coding.

作为标准化的日程,在2003年3月被称为H.264和MPEG-4部分10(高级视频编码,在下文中称为AVC)的标准被指定为国际标准。As a schedule for standardization, standards called H.264 and MPEG-4 Part 10 (Advanced Video Coding, hereinafter referred to as AVC) were designated as international standards in March 2003.

此外,作为以上的扩展,在2005年2月完成了FRExt(保真度范围扩展)的标准化,FRExt标准化包括商业使用所需要的编码工具(诸如,RGB、4:2:2、以及4:4:4)以及在MPEG-2中所定义的8×8DCT(离散余弦变换)和量化矩阵。因此,已经建立了如下编码格式:该编码格式通过使用AVC甚至能够良好地表达电影中所包括的胶卷噪声,该编码格式被用于广泛的应用(诸如,蓝光盘)。In addition, as an extension of the above, the standardization of FRExt (Fidelity Range Extension) was completed in February 2005. FRExt standardization includes encoding tools required for commercial use (such as RGB, 4:2:2, and 4:4:4) and the 8×8 DCT (Discrete Cosine Transform) and quantization matrix defined in MPEG-2. As a result, a coding format has been established that can well express even film noise included in movies by using AVC, and this coding format is used in a wide range of applications (such as Blu-ray Discs).

但是,近来对于以较高压缩率进行编码存在增长的需求,例如具有大约4000×2000像素(其为高清晰度图像中所包括的像素数的四倍)的图像的压缩,或在具有有限的传送容量的环境中(诸如,因特网)的高清晰度图像的分发。因此,在ITU-T下的VCEG(视频编码专家组)中,针对增强编码效率已经执行了进行中的研究。However, recently there has been an increasing demand for encoding at a higher compression rate, for example, compression of an image having approximately 4000×2000 pixels (which is four times the number of pixels included in a high-definition image), or distribution of high-definition images in an environment with limited transmission capacity (such as the Internet). Therefore, in VCEG (Video Coding Experts Group) under ITU-T, ongoing research has been carried out to enhance coding efficiency.

同时,针对实现相比于AVC更高的编码效率的目的,当前,作为ITU-T和ISO/IEC的标准化组的JCTVC(联合合作组-视频编码)正在进行被称为HEVC(高效率视频编码)的编码格式的标准化(例如,参见NPL 1)。Meanwhile, with the goal of achieving higher coding efficiency than AVC, JCTVC (Joint Collaboration Team - Video Coding), a standardization group of ITU-T and ISO/IEC, is currently standardizing a coding format called HEVC (High Efficiency Video Coding) (for example, see NPL 1).

在HEVC编码格式中,编码单位(CU)被定义为与AVC中所使用的宏块类似的处理单位。不同于AVC中所使用的宏块,CU的尺寸未被固定为16×16个像素,而是在每个序列的图像压缩信息中指定CU的尺寸。In the HEVC encoding format, a coding unit (CU) is defined as a processing unit similar to a macroblock used in AVC. Unlike macroblocks used in AVC, the size of a CU is not fixed to 16×16 pixels, but is specified in the image compression information of each sequence.

从最大编码单位(LCU)到最小编码单位(SCU)层级地对CU进行配置。即,通常可以认为LCU对应于在AVC中所使用的宏块,并且在低于LCU的层中的CU对应于AVC中所使用的子宏块。CUs are hierarchically arranged from the largest coding unit (LCU) to the smallest coding unit (SCU). That is, it can be generally considered that LCUs correspond to macroblocks used in AVC, and CUs in layers lower than LCUs correspond to sub-macroblocks used in AVC.

同时,存在如下编码格式:在该编码格式中,提供了用于对图像数据进行编码并且输出图像数据的编码模式和用于输出图像数据而不对图像数据进行编码的非编码模式,以宏块为单位来选择是要使用编码模式还是非编码模式,并且在单一图片中可以组合地使用编码模式和非编码模式(例如,参见PTL 1)。另外,在AVC编码格式中,用于输出图像数据而不对图像数据进行编码的I_PCM模式被支持为mb_type(例如,参见PTL2)。这是用于在量化参数被设置为较小的值(诸如QP=0)的情况下以及在编码数据的信息量大于输入图像的信息量的情况下,确保算术编码处理的实时操作。另外,可以通过使用I-PCM实现无损编码。At the same time, there is a coding format in which a coding mode for encoding image data and outputting the image data and a non-coding mode for outputting the image data without encoding the image data are provided, and whether to use the coding mode or the non-coding mode is selected in units of macroblocks, and the coding mode and the non-coding mode can be used in combination in a single picture (for example, see PTL 1). In addition, in the AVC coding format, the I_PCM mode for outputting image data without encoding the image data is supported as mb_type (for example, see PTL 2). This is for ensuring real-time operation of arithmetic coding processing when the quantization parameter is set to a small value (such as QP=0) and when the amount of information of the coded data is greater than the amount of information of the input image. In addition, lossless coding can be achieved by using I-PCM.

另外,提出了一种用于增加内部运算的方法(例如,参见NPL 2)。因此,可以减少在处理(诸如正交变换和运动补偿)中所导致的内部运算误差,并且可以增强编码效率。In addition, a method for increasing internal operations has been proposed (for example, see NPL 2). As a result, internal operation errors caused in processes such as orthogonal transformation and motion compensation can be reduced, and encoding efficiency can be enhanced.

此外,提出了一种在运动补偿环路中设置FIR滤波器的技术(例如,参见NPL 3)。在编码设备中,通过使用维纳(Wiener)滤波器获得FIR滤波器系数以便使关于输入图像的误差最小化,可以使参考图像的退化最小化,以及可以增强要输出的图像压缩信息的编码效率。In addition, a technique for setting an FIR filter in a motion compensation loop has been proposed (for example, see NPL 3). In an encoding device, by using a Wiener filter to obtain FIR filter coefficients to minimize the error with respect to an input image, degradation of a reference image can be minimized, and encoding efficiency of image compression information to be output can be enhanced.

引用列表Reference List

专利文献Patent Literature

PTL 1:日本专利第3992303号PTL 1: Japanese Patent No. 3992303

PTL 2:日本专利第4240283号PTL 2: Japanese Patent No. 4240283

非专利文献Non-patent literature

NPL 1:“Test Model under Consideration”,JCTVC-B205,Joint CollaborativeTeam on Video Coding(JCT-VC)of ITU-T SG16WP3and ISO/IEC JTC1/SC29/WG112ndMeeting:Geneva,CH,21-28July,2010NPL 1: "Test Model under Consideration", JCTVC-B205, Joint CollaborativeTeam on Video Coding(JCT-VC) of ITU-T SG16WP3and ISO/IEC JTC1/SC29/WG112ndMeeting:Geneva,CH,21-28July,2010

NPL 2:Takeshi Chujoh,Reiko Noda,“Internal bit depth increase exceptframe memory”,VCEG-AF07,ITU-Telecommunications Standardization Section STUDYGROUP 16Question 6Video Coding Experts Group(VCEG)32nd Meeting:San Jose,USA,20-21April,2007NPL 2: Takeshi Chujoh, Reiko Noda, "Internal bit depth increase exceptframe memory", VCEG-AF07, ITU-Telecommunications Standardization Section STUDYGROUP 16Question 6Video Coding Experts Group (VCEG) 32nd Meeting: San Jose, USA, 20-21April, 2007

NPL 3:Takeshi Chujoh,Goki Yasuda,Naofumi Wada,Takashi Watanabe,TomooYamakage,“Block-based Adaptive Loop Filter”,VCEG-AI18,ITU-TelecommunicationsStandardization Section STUDY GROUP 16Question 6Video Coding Experts Group(VCEG)35th Meeting:Berlin,Germany,16-18July,2008NPL 3: Takeshi Chujoh, Goki Yasuda, Naofumi Wada, Takashi Watanabe, TomooYamakage, "Block-based Adaptive Loop Filter", VCEG-AI18, ITU-TelecommunicationsStandardization Section STUDY GROUP 16Question 6Video Coding Experts Group(VCEG)35th Meeting: Berlin, Germany, 16-18July, 2008

发明内容Summary of the Invention

技术问题Technical issues

但是,在如同HEVC中一样定义CU以及以CU为单位执行各种处理操作的编码格式的情况下,考虑到在AVC中所使用的宏块对应于LCU,但是如果仅可以以LCU为单位设置I_PCM,则因为处理的单位为最大的128×128个像素,所以增加了不需要的编码处理,并且可能降低编码处理的效率。例如,可能难以确保CABAC的实时操作。However, in the case of a coding format that defines CUs and performs various processing operations in units of CUs, as in HEVC, considering that macroblocks used in AVC correspond to LCUs, if I_PCM can only be set in units of LCUs, then because the processing unit is a maximum of 128×128 pixels, unnecessary coding processing is added and the efficiency of the coding process may be reduced. For example, it may be difficult to ensure real-time operation of CABAC.

另外,在NPL 2和NPL 3中所提出的编码格式未被包括在AVC编码格式中,并且其中未公开与I_PCM模式的兼容性。In addition, the encoding formats proposed in NPL 2 and NPL 3 are not included in the AVC encoding format, and compatibility with the I_PCM mode is not disclosed therein.

鉴于这些情况提出了本公开,并且本公开旨在增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。The present disclosure has been made in view of these circumstances, and aims to enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding process efficiency.

问题的解决方案Solution to the problem

根据本公开的方面,提供了一种图像处理设备。该图像处理设备包括:解码器,以通过对最大编码单位进行递归分割而得到的编码单位为单位,对包含被设置为非压缩模式的编码单位的非编码数据的编码数据进行解码,以生成图像数据,非压缩模式是将图像数据作为编码数据的编码模式;以及控制器,对包含所述非编码数据的编码单位执行控制,以跳过对由解码器生成的图像数据在去块滤波器处理之后执行的滤波器处理。According to aspects of the present disclosure, an image processing apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes: a decoder for decoding, in units of coding units obtained by recursively dividing a maximum coding unit, coded data including non-coded data of the coding unit set to a non-compression mode, to generate image data; and a controller for controlling the coding units including the non-coded data to skip filter processing performed on the image data generated by the decoder after deblocking filter processing.

根据本公开的方面,提供了一种用于图像处理设备的图像处理方法。该图像处理方法包括:以通过对最大编码单位进行递归分割而得到的编码单位为单位,对包含被设置为非压缩模式的编码单位的非编码数据的编码数据进行解码,以生成图像数据,非压缩模式是将图像数据作为编码数据的编码模式;以及对包含所述非编码数据的编码单位执行控制,以跳过对由解码生成的图像数据在去块滤波器处理之后执行的滤波器处理。According to aspects of the present disclosure, an image processing method for an image processing device is provided. The method includes: decoding, in units of coding units obtained by recursively dividing a maximum coding unit, coded data including non-coded data of the coding unit set to a non-compression mode, to generate image data, wherein the non-compression mode is a coding mode in which the image data is used as the coded data; and controlling the coding unit including the non-coded data to skip filter processing performed on the image data generated by the decoding after deblocking filter processing.

根据本公开的方面,提供了一种图像处理设备。该图像处理设备包括:编码模式设置器,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,设置是否要选择非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,非压缩模式是图像数据作为编码数据而输出的编码模式;以及编码器,依照由编码模式设置器所设置的模式、以编码单位为单位对图像数据进行编码。According to aspects of the present disclosure, an image processing device is provided. The image processing device includes: a coding mode setter that sets, in units of coding units having a hierarchical structure, whether to select a non-compression mode as a coding mode for encoding image data, the non-compression mode being a coding mode in which the image data is output as coded data; and an encoder that encodes the image data in units of coding units according to the mode set by the coding mode setter.

图像处理设备还可以包括:移位处理控制器,对由编码模式设置器设置了非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过移位处理,在移位处理中,增加用于编码或解码位精度;以及移位处理器,对图像数据的编码单位执行移位处理,该编码单位由移位处理控制器所控制以便经历移位处理。The image processing device may also include: a shift processing controller that controls the coding unit set to a non-compression mode by the coding mode setter to skip the shift processing, in which the bit accuracy for encoding or decoding is increased; and a shift processor that performs the shift processing on the coding unit of the image data, which is controlled by the shift processing controller to undergo the shift processing.

图像处理设备还可以包括:滤波器处理控制器,对由编码模式设置器设置了非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过滤波器处理,在滤波器处理中,对本地解码图像执行滤波;滤波器系数计算器,通过使用与由滤波器处理控制器所控制以便经历滤波器处理的编码单位相对应的图像数据来计算用于滤波器处理的滤波器系数;以及滤波器处理器,通过使用由滤波器系数计算器所计算的滤波器系数来以块为单位执行滤波器处理,该块是滤波器处理的单位。The image processing device may also include: a filter processing controller that controls the coding unit set to a non-compression mode by the coding mode setter to skip filter processing, in which filtering is performed on the local decoded image; a filter coefficient calculator that calculates filter coefficients for filter processing by using image data corresponding to the coding unit controlled by the filter processing controller to undergo filter processing; and a filter processor that performs filter processing in units of blocks by using the filter coefficients calculated by the filter coefficient calculator, the block being the unit of filter processing.

滤波器处理器可以仅对由滤波器处理控制器控制以便经历滤波器处理的像素执行滤波器处理,该像素包括在作为要处理的目标的当前块中。The filter processor may perform the filter process only on pixels controlled by the filter process controller to be subjected to the filter process, the pixels being included in the current block that is a target to be processed.

图像处理设备还可以包括:滤波器标识信息生成器,以块为单位生成滤波器标识信息,滤波器标识信息是指示是否要执行滤波器处理的标识信息。The image processing apparatus may further include a filter identification information generator that generates filter identification information in units of blocks, the filter identification information being identification information indicating whether filter processing is to be performed.

滤波器处理器可以对本地编码图像执行自适应环路滤波,自适应环路滤波是使用分类处理的自适应滤波器处理。The filter processor may perform adaptive loop filtering on the locally encoded image, the adaptive loop filtering being an adaptive filter process using a classification process.

在通过对与作为编码处理的目标的当前编码单位相对应的图像数据进行编码而获得的编码数据的编码量小于或等于作为与当前编码单位相对应的图像数据的数据量的输入数据的量的情况下,编码模式设置器可以将当前编码单位的编码模式设置为非压缩模式。In a case where the amount of encoded data obtained by encoding image data corresponding to the current coding unit which is the target of the encoding process is less than or equal to the amount of input data which is the data amount of the image data corresponding to the current coding unit, the encoding mode setter may set the encoding mode of the current coding unit to a non-compression mode.

图像处理设备还可以包括:输入数据量计算器,计算输入数据的量。编码模式设置器可以关于当前编码单位,将由输入数据量计算器所计算的输入数据的量与编码量进行比较。The image processing apparatus may further include an input data amount calculator that calculates an amount of input data. The encoding mode setter may compare the amount of input data calculated by the input data amount calculator with the encoding amount with respect to the current encoding unit.

图像处理设备还可以包括:标识信息生成器,以编码单位为单位生成标识信息,标识信息指示编码模式设置器是否设置了非压缩模式。The image processing apparatus may further include: an identification information generator that generates identification information in units of encoding units, the identification information indicating whether the encoding mode setter sets the non-compression mode.

根据本公开的方面,提供了一种用于图像处理设备的图像处理方法。该图像处理方法包括:采用编码模式设置器、以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,设置是否要选择非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,非压缩模式是图像数据作为编码数据而输出的编码模式;以及,采用编码器,依照所设置的模式、以编码单位为单位对图像数据进行编码。According to aspects of the present disclosure, an image processing method for an image processing device is provided. The method includes: using a coding mode setter to set, in units of hierarchical coding units, whether to select a non-compression mode as a coding mode for encoding image data, wherein the non-compression mode is a coding mode in which the image data is output as coded data; and using an encoder to encode the image data in units of coding units according to the set mode.

根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种图像处理设备。该图像处理设备包括:编码模式确定器,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,确定非压缩模式是否被选择作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,非压缩模式是图像数据作为编码数据而输出的编码模式;以及解码器,依照由编码模式确定器所确定的模式、以编码单位为单位对编码结果进行解码。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an image processing apparatus is provided. The apparatus includes: a coding mode determiner that determines, in units of coding units having a hierarchical structure, whether a non-compression mode is selected as a coding mode for encoding image data, the non-compression mode being a coding mode in which the image data is output as coded data; and a decoder that decodes the coded result in units of coding units according to the mode determined by the coding mode determiner.

图像处理设备还可以包括:移位处理控制器,对由编码模式确定器确定为选择了非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制,以跳过移位处理,在移位处理中增加了用于编码或解码的位精度;以及移位处理器,对图像数据的编码单位执行移位处理,编码单位由移位处理控制器所控制以便经历移位处理。The image processing device may further include: a shift processing controller that performs control on a coding unit determined by the coding mode determiner to select a non-compression mode to skip a shift processing in which bit accuracy for encoding or decoding is increased; and a shift processor that performs a shift processing on a coding unit of image data, the coding unit being controlled by the shift processing controller so as to undergo a shift processing.

图像处理设备还可以包括:滤波器处理控制器,对由编码模式确定器确定为选择了非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制,以跳过滤波器处理,在滤波器处理中对本地解码图像执行滤波;以及滤波器处理器,以块为单位对图像数据执行滤波器处理,该块是滤波器处理的单位。滤波器处理器可以仅对由滤波器处理控制器控制以便经历滤波器处理的像素执行滤波处理,该像素包括作为要处理的目标的当前块中。The image processing apparatus may further include: a filter processing controller that controls a coding unit determined by the coding mode determiner to select a non-compression mode to skip filter processing in which filtering is performed on the local decoded image; and a filter processor that performs filter processing on the image data in units of blocks, the blocks being the units of filter processing. The filter processor may perform filter processing only on pixels controlled by the filter processing controller to undergo filter processing, the pixels being included in a current block being a target for processing.

滤波器处理器可以对本地解码图像执行自适应环路滤波,自适应环路滤波是使用分类处理的自适应滤波器处理。The filter processor may perform adaptive loop filtering on the local decoded image, the adaptive loop filtering being an adaptive filter process using a classification process.

在指示是否执行了滤波器处理的滤波器标识信息指示对与作为要处理的目标的当前块相对应的图像数据执行了滤波器处理的情况下,仅当滤波器处理控制器执行控制以便对当前块中所包括的所有像素执行滤波器处理时,滤波器处理器可以执行滤波器处理。In a case where the filter identification information indicating whether filter processing has been performed indicates that filter processing has been performed on image data corresponding to the current block as a target to be processed, the filter processor may perform filter processing only when the filter processing controller performs control so as to perform filter processing on all pixels included in the current block.

编码模式确定器可以基于指示是否以编码单位为单位选择了非压缩模式的标识信息来确定是否选择了非压缩模式。The encoding mode determiner may determine whether the non-compression mode is selected based on identification information indicating whether the non-compression mode is selected in units of coding units.

根据本公开的另一方面,提供了一种用于图像处理设备的图像处理方法。该图像处理方法包括:采用编码模式确定器,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,确定是否选择了非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,非压缩模式是图像数据作为编码数据而输出的编码模式;以及采用解码器,依照所确定的模式、以编码单位为单位对编码数据进行解码。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, an image processing method for an image processing device is provided. The image processing method includes: using a coding mode determiner to determine, in units of hierarchical coding units, whether a non-compression mode is selected as a coding mode for encoding image data, wherein the non-compression mode is a coding mode in which the image data is output as coded data; and using a decoder to decode the coded data in units of coding units according to the determined mode.

根据本公开的方面,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位来设置是否要选择非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,非压缩模式是图像数据作为编码数据而输出的编码模式,并且依照所设置的模式、以编码单位为单位对图像数据进行编码。According to aspects of the present disclosure, whether to select a non-compression mode as a coding mode for encoding image data is set in units of coding units having a hierarchical structure. The non-compression mode is a coding mode in which image data is output as encoded data, and the image data is encoded in units of coding units according to the set mode.

根据本公开的另一方面,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位来确定是否选择了非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,非压缩模式是图像数据作为编码数据而输出的编码模式,并且依照所确定的模式、以编码单位为单位对编码数据进行解码。According to another aspect of the present disclosure, whether a non-compression mode is selected as a coding mode for encoding image data is determined in units of coding units having a hierarchical structure, the non-compression mode being a coding mode in which image data is output as encoded data, and the encoded data is decoded in units of coding units according to the determined mode.

发明的有利效果Advantageous Effects of the Invention

根据本公开,可以对图像进行处理。具体地,可以增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。According to the present disclosure, it is possible to process an image, and in particular, it is possible to enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1是示出输出基于AVC编码格式的图像压缩信息的图像编码设备的框图。FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an image encoding apparatus that outputs image compression information based on the AVC encoding format.

图2是示出接收基于AVC编码格式的图像压缩信息的图像解码设备的框图。FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an image decoding apparatus that receives image compression information based on the AVC encoding format.

图3是示出宏块的类型的示例的图。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing examples of types of macroblocks.

图4是示出描述编码单位的示例配置的图。FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example configuration of a description coding unit.

图5是描述用于增加内部运算中的比特量的方法的图。FIG. 5 is a diagram describing a method for increasing the amount of bits in an internal operation.

图6是描述自适应环路滤波器的图。FIG6 is a diagram describing an adaptive loop filter.

图7是示出图像编码设备的主要示例配置的框图。FIG7 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of an image encoding device.

图8是示出图7中的无损编码器、环路滤波器以及PCM编码器的主要示例配置的框图。FIG8 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of the lossless encoder, loop filter, and PCM encoder in FIG7.

图9是示出图8中的PCM决定单元的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of the PCM decision unit in FIG. 8 .

图10是描述编码处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG10 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of encoding processing.

图11是描述PCM编码控制处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG11 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of PCM encoding control processing.

图12是描述PCM编码处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG12 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of PCM encoding processing.

图13是描述参考图像生成处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG13 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of reference image generation processing.

图14是描述环路滤波器处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG. 14 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of a loop filter process.

图15是示出图像解码设备的主要示例配置的框图。FIG15 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of an image decoding device.

图16是示出图15中的无损解码器、环路滤波器以及PCM解码器的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of the lossless decoder, loop filter, and PCM decoder in FIG. 15 .

图17是描述解码处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG17 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of a decoding process.

图18是继续图17、描述解码处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG18 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of decoding processing, continuing from FIG17 .

图19是描述环路滤波器处理的流程的示例的流程图。FIG19 is a flowchart describing an example of the flow of a loop filter process.

图20是描述I_PCM信息的示例的图。FIG20 is a diagram describing an example of I_PCM information.

图21是示出个人计算机的主要示例配置的框图。FIG21 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a personal computer.

图22是示出电视接收机的主要示例配置的框图。FIG22 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a television receiver.

图23是示出移动电话的主要示例配置的框图。FIG23 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a mobile phone.

图24是示出硬盘记录器的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 24 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a hard disk recorder.

图25是示出摄像装置的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 25 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of an image pickup apparatus.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

在下文中,将描述用于实施本技术的实施例(在下文中称为实施例)。注意将按照下面的顺序进行描述。Hereinafter, embodiments for implementing the present technology (hereinafter referred to as embodiments) will be described. Note that the description will be made in the following order.

1.第一实施例(图像编码设备)1. First Embodiment (Image Coding Device)

2.第二实施例(图像解码设备)2. Second embodiment (image decoding device)

3.第三实施例(个人计算机)3. Third embodiment (personal computer)

4.第四实施例(电视接收机)4. Fourth Embodiment (Television Receiver)

5.第五实施例(移动电话)5. Fifth embodiment (mobile phone)

6.第六实施例(硬盘记录器)6. Sixth embodiment (hard disk recorder)

7.第七实施例(摄像装置)7. Seventh Embodiment (Image Capture Device)

<1.第一实施例><1. First embodiment>

[与AVC编码格式兼容的图像编码设备][Image encoding device compatible with the AVC encoding format]

图1示出了根据实施例的图像编码设备的配置,该图像编码设备使用H.264和MPEG(运动专家组)4部分10(AVC(先进视频编码))编码格式对图像进行编码。1 shows a configuration of an image encoding device according to an embodiment, which encodes an image using H.264 and MPEG (Motion Experts Group) 4 Part 10 (AVC (Advanced Video Coding)) encoding formats.

图1中所示的图像编码设备100是使用基于AVC标准的编码格式对图像进行编码并且输出编码图像的设备。如在图1中所示,图像编码设备100包括A/D转换器101、画面重排缓冲器102、计算单元103、正交变换单元104、量化器105、无损编码器106以及累积缓冲器107。另外,图像编码设备100包括去量化器108、逆正交变换单元109、计算单元110、去块滤波器111、帧存储器112、选择器113、帧内预测单元114、运动预测/补偿单元115、选择器116以及码率控制器117。The image encoding device 100 shown in FIG1 is a device that encodes an image using a coding format based on the AVC standard and outputs the encoded image. As shown in FIG1, the image encoding device 100 includes an A/D converter 101, a screen rearrangement buffer 102, a calculation unit 103, an orthogonal transform unit 104, a quantizer 105, a lossless encoder 106, and an accumulation buffer 107. In addition, the image encoding device 100 includes a dequantizer 108, an inverse orthogonal transform unit 109, a calculation unit 110, a deblocking filter 111, a frame memory 112, a selector 113, an intra-frame prediction unit 114, a motion prediction/compensation unit 115, a selector 116, and a rate controller 117.

A/D转换器101对输入至其的图像数据进行A/D转换,并且将图像数据输出至画面重排缓冲器102以将图像数据存储在其中。画面重排缓冲器102依照GOP(图片组)结构对以显示顺序排列的、存储在其中的帧图像进行重排,以使得以编码顺序对帧图像进行重排。画面重排缓冲器102将重排的帧图像供给至计算单元103。另外,画面重排缓冲器102将重排的帧图像供给至帧内预测单元114和运动预测/补偿单元115The A/D converter 101 performs A/D conversion on the image data input thereto and outputs the image data to the screen rearrangement buffer 102 to store the image data therein. The screen rearrangement buffer 102 rearranges the frame images stored therein, which are arranged in display order, according to the GOP (Group of Picture) structure so that the frame images are rearranged in encoding order. The screen rearrangement buffer 102 supplies the rearranged frame images to the calculation unit 103. In addition, the screen rearrangement buffer 102 supplies the rearranged frame images to the intra-frame prediction unit 114 and the motion prediction/compensation unit 115.

计算单元103在从画面重排缓冲器102所读出的图像中减去从帧内预测单元114或运动预测/补偿单元115经由选择器116所供给的预测图像,并且将其差分信息输出至正交变换单元104。The calculation unit 103 subtracts the predicted image supplied from the intra prediction unit 114 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 via the selector 116 from the image read out from the screen rearrangement buffer 102 , and outputs difference information thereof to the orthogonal transformation unit 104 .

例如,在要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,计算单元103在从画面重排缓冲器102所读出的图像中减去从帧内预测单元114所供给的预测图像。另外,例如,在要对其执行帧间编码的图像的情况下,计算单元103在从画面重排缓冲器102所读出的图像中减去从运动预测/补偿单元115所供给的预测图像。For example, in the case of an image on which intra encoding is to be performed, the calculation unit 103 subtracts the predicted image supplied from the intra prediction unit 114 from the image read out from the screen rearrangement buffer 102. Also, for example, in the case of an image on which inter encoding is to be performed, the calculation unit 103 subtracts the predicted image supplied from the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 from the image read out from the screen rearrangement buffer 102.

正交变换单元104对从计算单元103所供给的差分信息执行正交变换(诸如,离散余弦变换或Karhunen-Loeve变换),并且将其变换系数供给至量化器105。The orthogonal transform unit 104 performs orthogonal transform such as discrete cosine transform or Karhunen-Loeve transform on the difference information supplied from the calculation unit 103 , and supplies the transform coefficient thereof to the quantizer 105 .

量化器105对从正交变换单元104所输出的变换系数进行量化。量化器105通过基于与从码率控制器117所供给的编码量的目标值有关的信息设置量化参数来执行量化。量化器105将量化的变换系数供给至无损编码器106。The quantizer 105 quantizes the transform coefficients output from the orthogonal transform unit 104. The quantizer 105 performs quantization by setting quantization parameters based on information on a target value of an encoding amount supplied from the rate controller 117. The quantizer 105 supplies the quantized transform coefficients to the lossless encoder 106.

无损编码器106对量化的变换系数执行无损编码(诸如可变长度编码或算术编码)。在由码率控制器117所执行的控制之下对系数数据进行量化,并且因此其编码量等于(或近似于)由码率控制器117所设置的目标值。The lossless encoder 106 performs lossless encoding (such as variable length encoding or arithmetic encoding) on the quantized transform coefficients. The coefficient data is quantized under the control performed by the rate controller 117, and its encoding amount is equal to (or approximate to) the target value set by the rate controller 117.

无损编码器106从帧内预测单元114获取指示帧内预测的信息等,并且从运动预测/补偿单元115获取指示帧间预测模式的信息、运动向量信息等。注意在下文中指示帧内预测(帧内画面预测)的信息还将被称为帧内预测模式信息。另外,指示如下信息模式的信息还将被称为帧间预测模式信息:该信息模式指示帧间预测(帧间画面预测)。The lossless encoder 106 acquires information indicating intra prediction and the like from the intra prediction unit 114, and acquires information indicating the inter prediction mode, motion vector information, and the like from the motion prediction/compensation unit 115. Note that information indicating intra prediction (intra-frame prediction) will be referred to as intra prediction mode information hereinafter. In addition, information indicating an information mode indicating inter prediction (inter-frame prediction) will be referred to as inter prediction mode information.

无损编码器106对量化的变换系数进行编码,并且还使得各种信息(诸如滤波器系数、帧内预测模式信息、帧间预测模式信息以及量化参数)成为编码数据的头信息的一部分(对各种信息进行复用)。无损编码器106将通过编码所获得的编码数据供给至累积缓冲器107以将编码数据存储在其中。The lossless encoder 106 encodes the quantized transform coefficients and also makes various information (such as filter coefficients, intra-frame prediction mode information, inter-frame prediction mode information, and quantization parameters) part of the header information of the encoded data (multiplexing the various information). The lossless encoder 106 supplies the encoded data obtained by encoding to the accumulation buffer 107 to store the encoded data therein.

例如,在无损编码器106中,执行无损编码处理(诸如可变长度编码或算术编码)。可变长度编码的示例包括在H.264/AVC格式中所定义的CAVLC(上下文自适应可变长度编码)。算术编码的示例包括CABAC(上下文自适应二进制算术编码)。For example, in the lossless encoder 106, lossless encoding processing (such as variable length encoding or arithmetic coding) is performed. Examples of variable length encoding include CAVLC (Context Adaptive Variable Length Coding) defined in the H.264/AVC format. Examples of arithmetic coding include CABAC (Context Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding).

累积缓冲器107暂时保存从无损编码器106所供给的编码数据,并且例如在特定定时将编码数据输出至在随后阶段(未示出)的记录装置或传送信道,作为使用H.264/AVC格式进行编码的编码图像。The accumulation buffer 107 temporarily holds the encoded data supplied from the lossless encoder 106 and outputs the encoded data to a recording device or a transmission channel at a subsequent stage (not shown) as an encoded image encoded using the H.264/AVC format, for example, at a specific timing.

另外,由量化器105所量化的变换系数还被供给至去量化器108。去量化器108使用与由量化器105所执行的量化相对应的方法对量化的变换系数进行去量化。去量化器108将由此所获得的变换系数供给至逆正交变换单元109。In addition, the transform coefficient quantized by the quantizer 105 is also supplied to the dequantizer 108. The dequantizer 108 dequantizes the quantized transform coefficient using a method corresponding to the quantization performed by the quantizer 105. The dequantizer 108 supplies the transform coefficient thus obtained to the inverse orthogonal transform unit 109.

逆正交变换单元109使用与由正交变换单元104所执行的正交变换处理相对应的方法对供给至其的变换系数执行逆正交变换。通过逆正交变换所获得的输出(恢复的差分信息)被供给计算单元110。The inverse orthogonal transform unit 109 performs inverse orthogonal transform on the transform coefficient supplied thereto using a method corresponding to the orthogonal transform process performed by the orthogonal transform unit 104. The output (restored difference information) obtained by the inverse orthogonal transform is supplied to the computing unit 110.

计算单元110将从帧内预测单元114或运动预测/补偿单元115经由选择器116所供给的预测图像加到从逆正交变换单元109所供给的逆正交变换的结果(即,恢复的差分信息),并且获得本地解码图像(解码图像)。The calculation unit 110 adds the predicted image supplied from the intra-frame prediction unit 114 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 via the selector 116 to the result of the inverse orthogonal transform supplied from the inverse orthogonal transform unit 109 (i.e., the restored differential information), and obtains a local decoded image (decoded image).

例如,在差分信息对应于要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,计算单元110将从帧内预测单元114所供给的预测图像加到差分信息。另外,例如,在差分信息对应于要对其执行帧间编码的图像的情况下,计算单元110将从运动预测/补偿单元115所供给的预测图像加到差分信息。For example, in the case where the difference information corresponds to an image on which intra encoding is to be performed, the calculation unit 110 adds the predicted image supplied from the intra prediction unit 114 to the difference information. Also, for example, in the case where the difference information corresponds to an image on which inter encoding is to be performed, the calculation unit 110 adds the predicted image supplied from the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 to the difference information.

相加的结果被供给至去块滤波器111或帧存储器112。The addition result is supplied to the deblocking filter 111 or the frame memory 112 .

去块滤波器111适当地执行去块滤波器处理,由此移除解码图像的块失真。去块滤波器111将滤波器处理的结果供给至帧存储器112。注意从计算单元110所输出的解码图像可以不经由去块滤波器111而被供给至帧存储器112。即,可以跳过由去块滤波器111所进行的去块滤波器处理。The deblocking filter 111 performs deblocking filter processing as appropriate, thereby removing block distortion from the decoded image. The deblocking filter 111 supplies the result of the filter processing to the frame memory 112. Note that the decoded image output from the calculation unit 110 may be supplied to the frame memory 112 without passing through the deblocking filter 111. In other words, the deblocking filter processing performed by the deblocking filter 111 may be skipped.

帧存储器112存储供给至其的解码图像,并且在特定定时将所存储的解码图像作为参考图像经由选择器113输出至帧内预测单元114或运动预测/补偿单元115。The frame memory 112 stores the decoded image supplied thereto, and outputs the stored decoded image as a reference image to the intra prediction unit 114 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 via the selector 113 at a specific timing.

例如,在要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,帧存储器112将参考图像经由选择器113供给至帧内预测单元114。另外,例如,在要执行帧间编码的情况下,帧存储器112将参考图像经由选择器113供给至运动预测/补偿单元115。For example, in the case of an image on which intra-frame encoding is to be performed, the frame memory 112 supplies the reference image to the intra-frame prediction unit 114 via the selector 113. Also, for example, in the case of an image to be inter-frame encoding, the frame memory 112 supplies the reference image to the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 via the selector 113.

在从帧存储器112所供给的参考图像是要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,选择器113将参考图像供给至帧内预测单元114。另一方面,在从帧存储器112所供给的参考图像是要对其执行帧间编码的图像的情况下,选择器113将参考图像供给至运动预测/补偿单元115。In the case where the reference image supplied from the frame memory 112 is an image on which intra-frame encoding is to be performed, the selector 113 supplies the reference image to the intra-frame prediction unit 114. On the other hand, in the case where the reference image supplied from the frame memory 112 is an image on which inter-frame encoding is to be performed, the selector 113 supplies the reference image to the motion prediction/compensation unit 115.

帧内预测单元114执行帧内预测(帧内画面预测),在帧内预测中,使用经由选择器113从帧存储器112所供给的要处理的目标图像的像素值生成预测图像。帧内预测单元114使用多个所准备的模式(帧内预测模式)执行帧内预测。The intra prediction unit 114 performs intra prediction (intra-screen prediction) in which a predicted image is generated using pixel values of a target image to be processed supplied from the frame memory 112 via the selector 113. The intra prediction unit 114 performs intra prediction using a plurality of prepared modes (intra prediction modes).

在H.264图像信息编码格式中,针对亮度信号定义了帧内4×4预测模式、帧内8×8预测模式、以及帧内16×16预测模式。另外,关于色差信号,针对各个宏块可以定义独立于亮度信号的预测模式的预测模式。关于帧内4×4预测模式,对于每个4×4亮度块定义一个帧内预测模式。关于帧内8×8预测模式,对于每个8×8亮度块定义一个帧内预测模式。关于帧内16×16预测模式和色差信号,对于一个宏块定义一个预测模式。The H.264 image information coding format defines an intra 4×4 prediction mode, an intra 8×8 prediction mode, and an intra 16×16 prediction mode for the luminance signal. Furthermore, for color difference signals, a prediction mode independent of the prediction mode for the luminance signal can be defined for each macroblock. With the intra 4×4 prediction mode, one intra prediction mode is defined for each 4×4 luminance block. With the intra 8×8 prediction mode, one intra prediction mode is defined for each 8×8 luminance block. With the intra 16×16 prediction mode and color difference signals, one prediction mode is defined for each macroblock.

帧内预测单元114使用所有候选帧内预测模式生成预测图像,使用从画面重排缓冲器102所供给的输入图像来评估各个预测图像的成本函数值,以及选择最佳模式。在选择了最佳帧内预测模式中,帧内预测单元114将使用最佳模式所生成的预测图像经由选择器116供给至计算单元103和计算单元110。The intra prediction unit 114 generates prediction images using all candidate intra prediction modes, evaluates the cost function values of the respective prediction images using the input image supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 102, and selects the optimal mode. When the optimal intra prediction mode is selected, the intra prediction unit 114 supplies the prediction image generated using the optimal mode to the calculation unit 103 and the calculation unit 110 via the selector 116.

另外,如上所述,帧内预测单元114适当地将信息(诸如指示所采用的帧内预测模式的帧内预测模式信息)供给至无损编码器106。In addition, as described above, the intra prediction unit 114 appropriately supplies information such as intra prediction mode information indicating the adopted intra prediction mode to the lossless encoder 106 .

运动预测/补偿单元115使用从画面重排缓冲器102所供给的输入图像和经由选择器113从帧存储器112所供给的参考图像来对要对其执行帧间编码的图像执行运动预测(帧间预测),依照所检测的运动向量来执行运动补偿处理,以及生成预测图像(帧间预测图像信息)。运动预测/补偿单元115使用多个所准备的模式(帧间预测模式)来执行这样的帧间预测。The motion prediction/compensation unit 115 performs motion prediction (inter-frame prediction) on an image to be inter-coded using the input image supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 102 and the reference image supplied from the frame memory 112 via the selector 113, performs motion compensation processing in accordance with the detected motion vector, and generates a predicted image (inter-frame predicted image information). The motion prediction/compensation unit 115 performs such inter-frame prediction using a plurality of prepared modes (inter-frame prediction modes).

运动预测/补偿单元115使用所有候选帧间预测模式来生成预测图像,评估各个预测图像的成本函数值,以及选择最佳模式。运动预测/补偿单元115将所生成的预测图像经由选择器116供给至计算单元103和计算单元110。The motion prediction/compensation unit 115 generates a predicted image using all candidate inter prediction modes, evaluates the cost function values of the respective predicted images, and selects the optimal mode. The motion prediction/compensation unit 115 supplies the generated predicted image to the calculation unit 103 and the calculation unit 110 via the selector 116.

另外,运动预测/补偿单元115将指示所采用的帧间预测模式的帧间预测模式信息和指示所计算的运动向量的运动向量信息供给至无损编码器106。In addition, the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 supplies inter prediction mode information indicating the employed inter prediction mode and motion vector information indicating the calculated motion vector to the lossless encoder 106 .

在要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,选择器116将帧内预测单元114的输出供给至计算单元103和计算单元110。在要对其执行帧间编码的图像的情况下,选择器116将运动预测/补偿单元115的输出供给至计算单元103和计算单元110。In the case of an image on which intra-frame encoding is to be performed, the selector 116 supplies the output of the intra-frame prediction unit 114 to the calculation unit 103 and the calculation unit 110. In the case of an image on which inter-frame encoding is to be performed, the selector 116 supplies the output of the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 to the calculation unit 103 and the calculation unit 110.

码率控制器117基于在累积缓冲器107中所累积的压缩图像来控制由量化器105所执行的量化操作的比率,以使得不发生上溢或下溢。The rate controller 117 controls the rate of the quantization operation performed by the quantizer 105 based on the compressed image accumulated in the accumulation buffer 107 so that overflow or underflow does not occur.

[与AVC编码格式兼容的图像解码设备][Image decoding device compatible with the AVC encoding format]

图2是示出使用正交变换(诸如离散余弦变换或Karhunen-Loeve)和运动补偿来实现图像压缩的图像解码设备的主要示例配置的框图。图2中所示的图像解码设备200是与图1中所示的图像编码设备100相对应的解码设备。FIG2 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of an image decoding device that uses orthogonal transform (such as discrete cosine transform or Karhunen-Loeve) and motion compensation to achieve image compression. The image decoding device 200 shown in FIG2 is a decoding device corresponding to the image encoding device 100 shown in FIG1.

由图像编码设备100所编码的编码数据经由任意路径(例如,传送信道、记录介质等)被供给至与图像编码设备100相对应的图像解码设备200,并且被解码。The encoded data encoded by the image encoding device 100 is supplied to the image decoding device 200 corresponding to the image encoding device 100 via an arbitrary path (for example, a transmission channel, a recording medium, etc.), and is decoded.

如在图2中所示,图像解码设备200包括累积缓冲器201、无损解码器202、去量化器203、逆正交变换单元204、计算单元205、去块滤波器206、画面重排缓冲器207、以及D/A转换器208。另外,图像解码设备200包括帧存储器209、选择器210、帧内预测单元211、运动预测/补偿单元212、以及选择器213。2 , the image decoding apparatus 200 includes an accumulation buffer 201, a lossless decoder 202, a dequantizer 203, an inverse orthogonal transform unit 204, a calculation unit 205, a deblocking filter 206, a screen rearrangement buffer 207, and a D/A converter 208. In addition, the image decoding apparatus 200 includes a frame memory 209, a selector 210, an intra-prediction unit 211, a motion prediction/compensation unit 212, and a selector 213.

累积缓冲器201对传送至其的编码数据进行累积。编码数据已由图像编码设备100所编码。无损解码器202使用与由图1中所示的无损编码器106所使用的编码格式相对应的格式,对在特定定时从累积缓冲器201所读出的编码数据进行解码。The accumulation buffer 201 accumulates the encoded data transmitted thereto. The encoded data has been encoded by the image encoding device 100. The lossless decoder 202 decodes the encoded data read out from the accumulation buffer 201 at a specific timing using a format corresponding to the encoding format used by the lossless encoder 106 shown in FIG. 1 .

另外,在对目标帧进行帧内编码的情况下,帧内预测模式信息被存储在编码数据的头部分中。无损解码器202还对帧内预测模式信息进行解码,并且将该信息供给至帧预测单元211。相反,在对目标帧执行帧间编码的情况下,运动向量信息被存储在编码数据的头部分中。无损解码器202还对运动向量信息进行解码,并且将该信息供给至运动预测/补偿单元212。In addition, when the target frame is intra-coded, intra-prediction mode information is stored in the header of the coded data. The lossless decoder 202 also decodes the intra-prediction mode information and supplies it to the frame prediction unit 211. Conversely, when the target frame is inter-coded, motion vector information is stored in the header of the coded data. The lossless decoder 202 also decodes the motion vector information and supplies it to the motion prediction/compensation unit 212.

去量化器203使用与由图1中所示的量化器105所使用的量化方法相对应的方法,对通过由无损解码器202所执行的解码所获得的系数数据(量化的系数)进行去量化。即,去量化器203使用与由图1中所示的去量化器108所使用的方法类似的方法来对量化的系数进行去量化。The dequantizer 203 dequantizes the coefficient data (quantized coefficients) obtained by the decoding performed by the lossless decoder 202 using a method corresponding to the quantization method used by the quantizer 105 shown in FIG 1. That is, the dequantizer 203 dequantizes the quantized coefficients using a method similar to the method used by the dequantizer 108 shown in FIG 1.

去量化器203将去量化的系数数据(即,正交变换系数)供给至逆正交变换单元204。逆正交变换单元204使用与由图1中所示的正交变换单元104所使用的正交变换方法相对应的方法(与由图1中所示的逆正交变换单元109所使用的方法类似的方法),对正交变换系数执行逆正交变换,并且获得与由图像编码设备100执行正交变换之前的残差数据相对应的解码残差数据。例如,执行四阶逆正交变换。The dequantizer 203 supplies the dequantized coefficient data (i.e., the orthogonal transform coefficient) to the inverse orthogonal transform unit 204. The inverse orthogonal transform unit 204 performs an inverse orthogonal transform on the orthogonal transform coefficient using a method corresponding to the orthogonal transform method used by the orthogonal transform unit 104 shown in FIG1 (a method similar to the method used by the inverse orthogonal transform unit 109 shown in FIG1 ), and obtains decoded residual data corresponding to the residual data before the orthogonal transform is performed by the image encoding device 100. For example, a fourth-order inverse orthogonal transform is performed.

通过逆正交变换所获得的解码残差数据被供给至计算单元205。另外,将来自帧内预测单元211或运动预测/补偿单元212的预测信息经由选择器213供给至计算单元205。The decoded residual data obtained by the inverse orthogonal transform is supplied to the calculation unit 205. In addition, the prediction information from the intra prediction unit 211 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 212 is supplied to the calculation unit 205 via the selector 213.

计算单元205将解码残差数据和预测图像相加,由此获得与如下图像数据相对应的解码图像数据:未由图像编码设备100的计算单元103从该图像数据中减去预测图像。计算单元205将解码图像数据供给至去块滤波器206。The calculation unit 205 adds the decoded residual data and the predicted image, thereby obtaining decoded image data corresponding to the image data from which the predicted image is not subtracted by the calculation unit 103 of the image encoding device 100 . The calculation unit 205 supplies the decoded image data to the deblocking filter 206 .

去块滤波器206移除供给至其的解码图像的块失真,并且将解码的图像供给至画面重排缓冲器207。The deblocking filter 206 removes block distortion of the decoded image supplied thereto, and supplies the decoded image to the screen rearrangement buffer 207 .

画面重排缓冲器207对图像进行重排。即,对由图1中所示的画面重排缓冲器102以编码顺序所重排的帧以原始显示顺序进行重排。D/A转换器208对从画面重排缓冲器207所供给的图像进行D/A转换,并且将图像输出至显示器(未示出)以在其上显示图像。The screen rearrangement buffer 207 rearranges the images. That is, the frames rearranged in the encoding order by the screen rearrangement buffer 102 shown in FIG1 are rearranged in the original display order. The D/A converter 208 performs D/A conversion on the images supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 207 and outputs the images to a display (not shown) for display thereon.

去块滤波器206的输出还被供给至帧存储器209。The output of the deblocking filter 206 is also supplied to the frame memory 209 .

帧存储器209、选择器210、帧内预测单元211、运动预测/补偿单元212以及选择器213分别地对应于图像编码设备100的帧存储器112、选择器113、帧内预测单元114、运动预测/补偿单元115以及选择器116。The frame memory 209, the selector 210, the intra-frame prediction unit 211, the motion prediction/compensation unit 212 and the selector 213 respectively correspond to the frame memory 112, the selector 113, the intra-frame prediction unit 114, the motion prediction/compensation unit 115 and the selector 116 of the image encoding device 100.

选择器210从帧存储器209读出要对其执行帧间处理的图像和参考图像,并且将图像供给至运动预测/补偿单元212。另外,选择器210从帧存储器209读出用于帧内预测的图像,并且将图像供给至帧内预测单元211。The selector 210 reads out an image on which inter processing is to be performed and a reference image from the frame memory 209, and supplies the images to the motion prediction/compensation unit 212. In addition, the selector 210 reads out an image for intra prediction from the frame memory 209, and supplies the image to the intra prediction unit 211.

例如,从无损解码器202适当地向帧内预测单元211供给指示通过对头信息进行解码所获得的帧内预测模式的信息。帧内预测单元211基于该信息,根据从帧存储器209所获得的参考图像生成预测图像,并且将所生成的预测图像供给至选择器213。For example, information indicating the intra prediction mode obtained by decoding the header information is appropriately supplied to the intra prediction unit 211 from the lossless decoder 202. The intra prediction unit 211 generates a predicted image from the reference image obtained from the frame memory 209 based on the information, and supplies the generated predicted image to the selector 213.

运动预测/补偿单元212从无损解码器202获得通过对头信息(预测模式信息、运动向量信息、参考帧信息、标志、各种参数等)进行解码所获的信息。The motion prediction/compensation unit 212 obtains information obtained by decoding header information (prediction mode information, motion vector information, reference frame information, flags, various parameters, etc.) from the lossless decoder 202 .

运动预测/补偿单元212基于从无损解码器202所供给的信息、根据从帧存储器209所获得的参考图像生成预测图像,并且将所生成的预测图像供给至选择器213。The motion prediction/compensation unit 212 generates a predicted image from the reference image obtained from the frame memory 209 based on the information supplied from the lossless decoder 202 , and supplies the generated predicted image to the selector 213 .

选择器213选择由运动预测/补偿单元212或帧内预测单元211所生成的预测图像,并且将该图像供给至计算单元205。The selector 213 selects a predicted image generated by the motion prediction/compensation unit 212 or the intra prediction unit 211 , and supplies the image to the calculation unit 205 .

[宏块类型][macroblock type]

顺便提及,如在PTL 1中所公开地,存在如下的编码格式:在该编码格式中,提供有用于对图像数据进行编码并且输出图像数据的编码模式,和用于输出图像数据而不对图像数据进行编码的非编码模式,以宏块为单位选择要使用编码模式还是非编码模式,并且可以在单一图片中组合地使用编码模式和非编码模式。如在PTL 2中所公开地,也在AVC编码格式中,如在图3中所示,用于输出图像数据而不对图像数据进行编码的I_PCM(块内脉冲编码调制)模式(非压缩模式)被支持为宏块类型(mb_type)的一种。Incidentally, as disclosed in PTL 1, there is an encoding format in which an encoding mode for encoding and outputting image data and a non-encoding mode for outputting the image data without encoding the image data are provided, the encoding mode or the non-encoding mode is selected on a macroblock basis, and the encoding mode and the non-encoding mode can be used in combination in a single picture. As disclosed in PTL 2, also in the AVC encoding format, as shown in FIG3 , the I_PCM (Intra-Block Pulse Code Modulation) mode (non-compression mode) for outputting image data without encoding the image data is supported as one of the macroblock types (mb_type).

这是用于,在量化参数被设置为较小的值(诸如QP=0)的情况下以及在编码数据的信息量大于输入图像的信息量的情况下,确保算术编码处理的实时操作。另外,可以通过使用I-PCM模式(非压缩模式)来实现无损编码。This is used to ensure real-time operation of the arithmetic coding process when the quantization parameter is set to a small value (such as QP = 0) and when the amount of information of the encoded data is greater than that of the input image. In addition, lossless encoding can be achieved by using the I-PCM mode (non-compressed mode).

[成本函数][Cost function]

同时,为了在AVC编码格式中获得较高的编码效率,重要的是选择适当的预测模式。Meanwhile, in order to obtain higher coding efficiency in the AVC coding format, it is important to select an appropriate prediction mode.

选择方法的示例是在H.264/MPEG-4AVC的参考软件(所谓的JM(联合模型))中所载入的方法(发布在http://iphome.hhi.de/suehring/tml/index.htm)。An example of a selection method is a method incorporated in the reference software of H.264/MPEG-4 AVC (so-called JM (Joint Model)) (published at http://iphome.hhi.de/suehring/tml/index.htm).

根据JM,可以选择下面的两种模式确定方法,即,高复杂度模式和低复杂度模式。在两种模式的任一种中,关于各个预测模式计算成本函数值,并且具有最小的成本函数值的预测模式被选择为用于目标块或宏块的最佳模式。According to JM, the following two mode determination methods can be selected, namely, high complexity mode and low complexity mode. In either mode, cost function values are calculated for each prediction mode, and the prediction mode with the smallest cost function value is selected as the optimal mode for the target block or macroblock.

关于高复杂度模式的成本函数由下面的等式(1)所表达。The cost function for the high complexity mode is expressed by the following equation (1).

Cost(Mode∈Ω)=D+λ*R…(1)Cost(Mode∈Ω)=D+λ*R…(1)

在此,“Ω”代表用于对目标块或宏块进行编码的候选模式的全集,并且“D”代表在使用预测模式执行编码的情况下,解码图像和输入图像之间的差分能量。“λ”代表作为量化参数的函数而给定的拉格朗日待定乘子。“R”代表在使用模式执行编码的情况下的总编码量,其包括正交变换系数。Here, "Ω" represents the entire set of candidate modes for encoding the target block or macroblock, and "D" represents the differential energy between the decoded image and the input image when encoding is performed using the prediction mode. "λ" represents the Lagrange undetermined multiplier given as a function of the quantization parameter. "R" represents the total amount of code when encoding is performed using the mode, which includes orthogonal transform coefficients.

即,为了使用高复杂度模式执行编码,需要一次使用所有候选模式来执行初步编码处理以计算参数D和R,其涉及较大的计算量。That is, in order to perform encoding using the high complexity mode, it is necessary to perform a preliminary encoding process using all candidate modes at once to calculate parameters D and R, which involves a large amount of calculation.

在低复杂度模式中的成本函数由下面的等式(2)所表达。The cost function in the low complexity mode is expressed by the following equation (2).

Cost(Mode∈Ω)=D+QP2Quant(QP)*HeaderBit…(2)Cost(Mode∈Ω)=D+QP2Quant(QP)*HeaderBit…(2)

在此,不同于高复杂度模式,“D”代表预测图像和输入图像之间的差分能量。“QP2Quant(QP)”是作为量化参数QP的函数而给定的,并且“HeaderBit”代表与属于Header的信息(诸如运动向量和模式,不包括正交变换系数)有关的编码量。Here, unlike the High Complexity mode, "D" represents the differential energy between the predicted image and the input image. "QP2Quant (QP)" is given as a function of the quantization parameter QP, and "HeaderBit" represents the amount of code related to information belonging to the header (such as motion vectors and modes, excluding orthogonal transform coefficients).

即,在低复杂度模式中,需要关于各个候选模式执行预测处理,但是不需要解码图像,并且因此不需要执行编码处理。因此,可以以低于高复杂度模式的计算量的计算量实现低复杂度模式。That is, in Low Complexity Mode, prediction processing needs to be performed on each candidate mode, but decoding of the image is not required, and therefore encoding processing does not need to be performed. Therefore, Low Complexity Mode can be implemented with a lower amount of calculation than High Complexity Mode.

[编码单位][Coding unit]

接下来,将对在NPL 1中所描述的HEVC编码格式中所定义的编码单位进行描述。Next, the coding units defined in the HEVC encoding format described in NPL 1 will be described.

编码单位(CU)还被称为编码树块(CTB),是与AVC中的宏块发挥类似的作用的各个图片的图像的部分区域,并且是具有层级结构的编码单位。宏块的尺寸被固定为16×16个像素,然而未固定CU的尺寸并且在每个序列的图像压缩信息中指定CU的尺寸。A coding unit (CU), also known as a coding tree block (CTB), is a partial area of an image in each picture that plays a similar role to a macroblock in AVC and is a coding unit with a hierarchical structure. The size of a macroblock is fixed to 16×16 pixels, but the size of a CU is not fixed and is specified in the image compression information of each sequence.

具体地,具有最大尺寸的CU被称为LCU(最大编码单位),并且具有最小尺寸的CU被称为SCU(最小编码单位)。例如,在图像压缩信息中所包括的序列参数集(SPS)中指定这些区域的尺寸。各个区域是正方形形状的,并且其尺寸被限制为由2的乘方所表达的尺寸。Specifically, the CU with the largest size is called an LCU (largest coding unit), and the CU with the smallest size is called an SCU (smallest coding unit). For example, the sizes of these regions are specified in a sequence parameter set (SPS) included in the image compression information. Each region is square in shape, and its size is limited to a size expressed by a power of 2.

图4示出了在HEVC中所定义的编码单位的示例。在图4中所示的示例中,LCU的尺寸为128,并且最大层深度为5。当split_flag的值为“1”时,具有2N×2N尺寸的CU被分割为在紧邻下一层中各个具有N×N尺寸的CU。FIG4 shows an example of a coding unit defined in HEVC. In the example shown in FIG4 , the size of the LCU is 128 and the maximum layer depth is 5. When the value of split_flag is “1”, a CU having a size of 2N×2N is split into CUs each having a size of N×N in the immediately lower layer.

此外,CU被分割为预测单位(PU),每个预测单位是用作用于帧内或帧间预测的处理单位的区域(每个图片的图像的部分区域);或被分割为变换单位(TU),每个变换单位是用作用于正交变换的处理单位的区域(每个图片的图像的部分区域)。目前,在HEVC中,除了4×4和8×8正交变换之外还可以使用16×16和32×32正交变换。In addition, the CU is divided into prediction units (PUs), each of which is a region used as a processing unit for intra-frame or inter-frame prediction (a partial region of the image of each picture); or is divided into transform units (TUs), each of which is a region used as a processing unit for orthogonal transform (a partial region of the image of each picture). Currently, in HEVC, 16×16 and 32×32 orthogonal transforms can be used in addition to 4×4 and 8×8 orthogonal transforms.

[IBDI][IBDI]

同时,NPL 2提出了一种图5中所示的用于增加内部运算(IBDI(Internal bitdepth increase except frame memory,除了帧存储器之外的内部位深增加))的方法。在这种方法中,如在图5中所示,在由编码设备和解码设备所执行的量化处理、无损编码处理、去量化处理、滤波器处理、预测处理、无损解码处理等中增加数据的位深,例如,从8比特增加至12比特。因此,可以减少处理(诸如正交变换或运动补偿)中的内部运算误差,并且可以增强编码效率。Meanwhile, NPL 2 proposes a method for increasing internal operations (IBDI (Internal bitdepth increase except frame memory)) as shown in FIG5 . In this method, as shown in FIG5 , the bit depth of data is increased, for example, from 8 bits to 12 bits, in quantization processing, lossless encoding processing, dequantization processing, filter processing, prediction processing, lossless decoding processing, etc. performed by encoding and decoding devices. As a result, internal operation errors in processing (such as orthogonal transform or motion compensation) can be reduced, and encoding efficiency can be enhanced.

[BALF][BALF]

同时,NPL 3提出了一种方法,在该方法中,在运动补偿环路中提供了FIR滤波器,并且自适应地执行使用滤波器(BALF(基于块的自适应环路滤波器))的环路滤波器处理,如图5所示。在编码设备中,使用维纳滤波器获得FIR滤波器系数以便使关于输入图像的误差最小化,并且由此可以使参考图像的退化最小化,以及可以增强要输出的图像压缩信息的编码效率。Meanwhile, NPL 3 proposes a method in which an FIR filter is provided in a motion compensation loop, and loop filter processing using a filter (BALF (Block-based Adaptive Loop Filter)) is adaptively performed, as shown in FIG5. In the encoding device, the FIR filter coefficients are obtained using a Wiener filter so as to minimize the error with respect to the input image, and thereby degradation of the reference image can be minimized, and encoding efficiency of image compression information to be output can be enhanced.

[编码处理的效率][Efficiency of encoding processing]

同时,在定义了CU并且以CU为单位执行各种处理操作的编码格式的情况下,如同在HEVC中一样,可以考虑AVC中的宏块对应于LCU。但是,因为CU具有如图4中所示的层级结构,所以在顶层中的LCU的尺寸通常被设置为大于AVC中的宏块,例如,被设置为128×128个像素。Meanwhile, in the case of a coding format that defines a CU and performs various processing operations in units of CUs, as in HEVC, it can be considered that a macroblock in AVC corresponds to an LCU. However, since the CU has a hierarchical structure as shown in FIG4 , the size of the LCU in the top layer is generally set to be larger than the macroblock in AVC, for example, to 128×128 pixels.

因此,在这样的编码格式中,如同在HEVC的情况下一样,如果以LCU为单位设置I_PCM模式,则处理的单位变为大于AVC中处理的单位,例如,被设置为128×128个像素。Therefore, in such an encoding format, as in the case of HEVC, if the I_PCM mode is set in units of LCUs, the unit of processing becomes larger than that in AVC, for example, is set to 128×128 pixels.

如上所述,通过计算并且比较成本函数值来确定帧内预测或帧间预测模式。即,使用所有模式执行预测和编码,计算各个成本函数值,选择最佳模式,以及使用最佳模式生成编码数据。As described above, the intra prediction or inter prediction mode is determined by calculating and comparing cost function values. That is, prediction and encoding are performed using all modes, each cost function value is calculated, the optimal mode is selected, and encoded data is generated using the optimal mode.

但是,当采用I_PCM模式时,放弃使用最佳模式所生成的编码数据,并且采用输入图像(非编码数据)作为编码结果。因此,当选择了I_PCM模式时,不需要用于生成最佳模式的编码数据的所有处理操作。即,如果I_PCM模式的选择控制单位变大,则进一步增加了不需要的处理操作。即,如上所述,如果针对每个LCU来选择是否采用I_PCM模式,则编码处理的效率会进一步降低。因此,例如,可能难以确保CABAC的实时操作。However, when the I_PCM mode is adopted, the coded data generated using the optimal mode is discarded, and the input image (non-coded data) is adopted as the coding result. Therefore, when the I_PCM mode is selected, all processing operations used to generate the coded data of the optimal mode are unnecessary. That is, if the selection control unit of the I_PCM mode becomes larger, unnecessary processing operations are further increased. That is, as described above, if the selection of whether to adopt the I_PCM mode is performed for each LCU, the efficiency of the coding process is further reduced. Therefore, for example, it may be difficult to ensure the real-time operation of CABAC.

另外,上述技术(诸如IBDI和BALF)不包括在AVC编码格式中。在采用I_PCM模式的情况下,已知如何控制这些处理操作。In addition, the above-mentioned techniques (such as IBDI and BALF) are not included in the AVC encoding format. In the case of adopting the I_PCM mode, it is known how to control these processing operations.

因此,本实施例能够对I_PCM模式(非压缩模式)的选择进行更详细的控制,并且还能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。另外,本实施例能够根据I_PCM模式的选择对IBDI和BALF的执行进行适当的控制,并且还能够进一步抑制编码处理效率的降低。Therefore, this embodiment can control the selection of the I_PCM mode (non-compressed mode) in more detail, and can also enhance the encoding efficiency while suppressing the reduction of the encoding processing efficiency. In addition, this embodiment can appropriately control the execution of IBDI and BALF according to the selection of the I_PCM mode, and can further suppress the reduction of the encoding processing efficiency.

[图像编码设备][Image Coding Device]

图7是示出图像编码设备的主要示例配置的框图。FIG7 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of an image encoding device.

图7中所示的图像编码设备300基本上与图1中所示的图像编码设备100类似,并且对图像数据进行编码。如在图7中所示,图像编码设备300包括A/D转换器301、画面重排缓冲器302、自适应向左移位单元303、计算单元304、正交变换单元305、量化器306、无损编码器307以及累积缓冲器308。另外,图像编码设备300包括去量化器309、逆正交变换单元310、计算单元311、环路滤波器312、自适应向右移位单元313、帧存储器314、自适应向左移位单元315、选择器316、帧内预测单元317、运动预测/补偿单元318、选择器319以及码率控制器320。The image encoding device 300 shown in FIG7 is basically similar to the image encoding device 100 shown in FIG1 and encodes image data. As shown in FIG7, the image encoding device 300 includes an A/D converter 301, a screen rearrangement buffer 302, an adaptive left shift unit 303, a calculation unit 304, an orthogonal transform unit 305, a quantizer 306, a lossless encoder 307, and an accumulation buffer 308. In addition, the image encoding device 300 includes a dequantizer 309, an inverse orthogonal transform unit 310, a calculation unit 311, a loop filter 312, an adaptive right shift unit 313, a frame memory 314, an adaptive left shift unit 315, a selector 316, an intra-frame prediction unit 317, a motion prediction/compensation unit 318, a selector 319, and a rate controller 320.

图像编码设备300进一步包括PCM编码器321。The image encoding apparatus 300 further includes a PCM encoder 321 .

如同A/D转换器101的情况一样,A/D转换器301对输入至其的图像数据进行A/D转换。A/D转换器301将所转换的图像数据(数字数据)供给至画面重排缓冲器302以将图像数据存储在其中。如同画面重排缓冲器102的情况一样,画面重排缓冲器320依照GOP(图片组)结构对在其中所存储的、以显示顺序所排列的帧图像进行重排,以使得以编码顺序对帧图像进行重排。画面重排缓冲器302将重排的帧图像供给至自适应向左移位单元303。As with the A/D converter 101, the A/D converter 301 performs A/D conversion on the image data input thereto. The A/D converter 301 supplies the converted image data (digital data) to the screen rearrangement buffer 302 to store the image data therein. As with the screen rearrangement buffer 102, the screen rearrangement buffer 320 rearranges the frame images stored therein, which are arranged in display order, according to the GOP (Group of Picture) structure, so that the frame images are rearranged in encoding order. The screen rearrangement buffer 302 supplies the rearranged frame images to the adaptive left shift unit 303.

另外,画面重排缓冲器302还将重排的帧图像供给至无损编码器307和PCM编码器321。In addition, the screen rearrangement buffer 302 also supplies the rearranged frame images to the lossless encoder 307 and the PCM encoder 321 .

自适应向左移位单元303由PCM编码器321所控制,其对从画面重排缓冲器302所读出的图像数据在向左的方向上进行移位,并且以特定比特量(例如,4比特)来增加其位深。例如,自适应向左移位单元303将从画面重排缓冲器302所读出的图像数据的位深从8比特增加至12比特。作为以这样的方式增加位深的结果,可以增加每个处理操作(诸如正交变换处理、量化处理、无损编码处理、预测处理等)的内部运算的精度,并且可以抑制误差。The adaptive left shift unit 303 is controlled by the PCM encoder 321 and shifts the image data read out from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 in the left direction while increasing its bit depth by a specific bit amount (e.g., 4 bits). For example, the adaptive left shift unit 303 increases the bit depth of the image data read out from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 from 8 bits to 12 bits. As a result of increasing the bit depth in this manner, the accuracy of the internal operations of each processing operation (such as orthogonal transform processing, quantization processing, lossless encoding processing, prediction processing, etc.) can be increased, and errors can be suppressed.

注意未指定向左移位的量(比特量),并且其可以是固定的或是可变的。另外,可以依照由PCM编码器321所执行的控制来跳过向左移位处理。Note that the amount of left shift (amount of bits) is not specified and may be fixed or variable. In addition, the left shift process may be skipped in accordance with the control performed by the PCM encoder 321.

自适应向左移位单元303将执行了向左移位处理的图像数据供给至计算单元304(在跳过处理的情况下,从画面重排缓冲器302所输出的图像数据被供给至计算单元304)。另外,自适应向左移位单元303还将图像数据供给至帧内预测单元317和运动预测/补偿单元318。The adaptive left shift unit 303 supplies the image data subjected to the left shift process to the calculation unit 304 (in the case of skipping the process, the image data output from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 is supplied to the calculation unit 304). In addition, the adaptive left shift unit 303 also supplies the image data to the intra-frame prediction unit 317 and the motion prediction/compensation unit 318.

如同计算单元103的情况一样,计算单元304在从自适应向左移位单元303所供给的图像中减去从帧内预测单元317或运动预测/补偿单元318经由选择器319所供给的预测图像。计算单元304将其差分信息输出至正交变换单元305。As in the case of the calculation unit 103, the calculation unit 304 subtracts the predicted image supplied from the intra prediction unit 317 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 via the selector 319 from the image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 303. The calculation unit 304 outputs its difference information to the orthogonal transform unit 305.

例如,在要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,计算单元304在从自适应向左移位单元303所供给的图像中减去从帧内预测单元317所供给的预测图像。另外,例如,在要对其执行帧间编码的图像的情况下,计算单元304在从自适应向左移位单元303所供给的图像中减去从运动预测/补偿单元318所供给的预测图像。For example, in the case of an image on which intra encoding is to be performed, the calculation unit 304 subtracts the predicted image supplied from the intra prediction unit 317 from the image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 303. Also, for example, in the case of an image on which inter encoding is to be performed, the calculation unit 304 subtracts the predicted image supplied from the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 from the image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 303.

如同正交变换单元104的情况一样,正交变换单元305对从计算单元304所供给的差分信息执行正交变换(诸如离散余弦变换或Karhunen-Loeve变换)。未指定用于正交变换的方法。正交变换单元305将其变换系数供给至量化器306。As in the case of the orthogonal transform unit 104, the orthogonal transform unit 305 performs an orthogonal transform (such as a discrete cosine transform or a Karhunen-Loeve transform) on the difference information supplied from the calculation unit 304. The method used for the orthogonal transform is not specified. The orthogonal transform unit 305 supplies its transform coefficients to the quantizer 306.

如同量化器105的情况一样,量化器306对从正交变换单元305所供给的变换系数进行量化。量化器306通过基于关于从码率控制器320所供给的编码量的目标值的信息设置量化参数来执行量化。未指定用于量化的方法。量化器306将量化的变换系数供给至无损编码器307。As in the case of the quantizer 105, the quantizer 306 quantizes the transform coefficients supplied from the orthogonal transform unit 305. The quantizer 306 performs quantization by setting a quantization parameter based on information about the target value of the encoding amount supplied from the rate controller 320. The method used for quantization is not specified. The quantizer 306 supplies the quantized transform coefficients to the lossless encoder 307.

如同无损编码器106的情况一样,无损编码器307对由量化器306所量化的变换系数执行无损编码(诸如可变长度编码或算术编码)。在由码率控制器320所执行的控制之下对系数数据进行量化,并且因此其编码量等于(或近似于)由码率控制器320所设置的目标值。As in the case of the lossless encoder 106, the lossless encoder 307 performs lossless encoding (such as variable length encoding or arithmetic encoding) on the transform coefficient quantized by the quantizer 306. The coefficient data is quantized under the control performed by the rate controller 320, and thus its encoding amount is equal to (or approximate to) the target value set by the rate controller 320.

注意,在PCM编码器321选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,无损编码器307将从画面重排缓冲器302所供给的输入图像(非编码数据)当做编码结果(即,实际上跳过编码)。Note that in the case where the PCM encoder 321 selects the I_PCM mode, the lossless encoder 307 regards the input image (non-encoded data) supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 as the encoding result (ie, actually skips encoding).

另外,无损编码器307从帧内预测单元317获得指示帧内预测模式的信息等,并且从运动预测/补偿单元318获得指示帧间预测模式的信息、运动向量信息等。此外,无损编码器307获得由环路滤波器312所使用的滤波器系数。The lossless encoder 307 also obtains information indicating the intra prediction mode and the like from the intra prediction unit 317 and information indicating the inter prediction mode, motion vector information and the like from the motion prediction/compensation unit 318. The lossless encoder 307 also obtains filter coefficients used by the loop filter 312.

如同无损编码器106的情况一样,无损编码器307对各种信息(诸如滤波器系数、指示帧内预测模式或帧间预测的模式的信息以及量化参数)进行编码,并且使得各种信息成为编码数据的头信息的一部分(对各种信息进行复用)。无损编码器307将通过编码所获得的编码数据(包括I_PCM模式的情况下的非编码数据)供给至累积缓冲器308以将编码数据存储在其中。As in the case of the lossless encoder 106, the lossless encoder 307 encodes various information (such as filter coefficients, information indicating the intra-frame prediction mode or the inter-frame prediction mode, and quantization parameters), and makes the various information part of the header information of the encoded data (multiplexing the various information). The lossless encoder 307 supplies the encoded data obtained by encoding (including non-encoded data in the case of I_PCM mode) to the accumulation buffer 308 to store the encoded data therein.

例如,如同无损编码器106的情况一样,在无损编码器307中,执行无损编码处理(诸如可变长度编码或算术编码)。可变长度编码的示例包括在H.264/AVC格式中所定义的CAVLC(上下文自适应可变长度编码)。算术编码的示例包括CABAC(上下文自适应二进制算术编码)。当然,无损编码器307可以使用除了这些方法之外的方法来执行编码。For example, as in the case of the lossless encoder 106, in the lossless encoder 307, lossless encoding processing (such as variable length encoding or arithmetic coding) is performed. Examples of variable length coding include CAVLC (Context Adaptive Variable Length Coding) defined in the H.264/AVC format. Examples of arithmetic coding include CABAC (Context Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding). Of course, the lossless encoder 307 can perform encoding using methods other than these methods.

如同累积缓冲器107的情况一样,累积缓冲器308暂时保存从无损编码器307所供给的编码数据(包括I_PCM模式的情况下的非编码数据)。例如,累积缓冲器308在特定定时将在其中所保存的编码数据输出至在随后阶段(未示出)的记录装置(记录介质)或传送信道。As in the case of the accumulation buffer 107, the accumulation buffer 308 temporarily stores the encoded data (including non-encoded data in the case of the I_PCM mode) supplied from the lossless encoder 307. For example, the accumulation buffer 308 outputs the encoded data stored therein to a recording device (recording medium) or a transmission channel at a subsequent stage (not shown) at a specific timing.

另外,由量化器306所量化的变换系数还被供给至去量化器309。如同在去量化器108的情况一样,去量化器309使用与由量化器306所执行的量化相对应的方法对量化的变换系数进行去量化。未对用于去量化的方法进行限制,只要该方法对应于由量化器306所执行的量化处理即可。去量化器309将由此所获得的变换系数供给至逆正交变换单元310。In addition, the transform coefficient quantized by the quantizer 306 is also supplied to the dequantizer 309. As in the case of the dequantizer 108, the dequantizer 309 dequantizes the quantized transform coefficient using a method corresponding to the quantization performed by the quantizer 306. The method used for dequantization is not limited as long as the method corresponds to the quantization process performed by the quantizer 306. The dequantizer 309 supplies the transform coefficient obtained thereby to the inverse orthogonal transform unit 310.

如同逆正交变换109的情况一样,逆正交变换单元310使用与由正交变换单元305所执行的正交变换处理相对应的方法,对从去量化器309所供给的变换系数执行逆正交变换。未对用于逆正交变换的方法进行限制,只要该方法对应于由正交变换单元305所执行的正交变换处理即可。通过逆正交变换所获得的输出(恢复的差分信息)被供给至计算单元311。As in the case of the inverse orthogonal transform 109, the inverse orthogonal transform unit 310 performs an inverse orthogonal transform on the transform coefficient supplied from the dequantizer 309 using a method corresponding to the orthogonal transform process performed by the orthogonal transform unit 305. The method used for the inverse orthogonal transform is not limited as long as the method corresponds to the orthogonal transform process performed by the orthogonal transform unit 305. The output (restored difference information) obtained by the inverse orthogonal transform is supplied to the calculation unit 311.

如同计算单元110的情况一样,计算单元311将从帧内预测单元317或运动预测/补偿单元318经由选择器319所供给的预测图像加到从逆正交变换单元310所供给的逆正交变换的结果(即,恢复的差分信息),并且获得本地解码图像(解码图像)。As in the case of the computing unit 110, the computing unit 311 adds the predicted image supplied from the intra-frame prediction unit 317 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 via the selector 319 to the result of the inverse orthogonal transform supplied from the inverse orthogonal transform unit 310 (i.e., the restored differential information), and obtains a locally decoded image (decoded image).

例如,在差分信息对应于要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,计算单元311将从帧内预测单元317所供给的预测图像加到差分信息。另外,例如,在差分信息对应于要对其执行帧间编码的图像的情况下,计算单元311将从运动预测/补偿单元318所供给的预测图像加到差分信息。For example, when the difference information corresponds to an image on which intra-coding is to be performed, the calculation unit 311 adds the predicted image supplied from the intra-prediction unit 317 to the difference information. Also, for example, when the difference information corresponds to an image on which inter-coding is to be performed, the calculation unit 311 adds the predicted image supplied from the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 to the difference information.

相加的结果(解码图像)被供给至环路滤波器302或自适应向右移位单元313。The result of the addition (decoded image) is supplied to the loop filter 302 or the adaptive right shift unit 313 .

环路滤波器312包括去块滤波器、自适应环路滤波器等,并且对从计算单元311所供给的解码图像适当地执行滤波器处理。例如,环路滤波器312对解码图像执行与由去块滤波器111所执行的去块滤波器处理类似的去块滤波器处理,由此移除解码图像的块失真。另外,例如,环路滤波器312由PCM编码器321所控制,并且通过使用维纳滤波器对去块滤波器处理的结果(从其移除了块失真的解码图像)执行环路滤波器处理,由此改进图像质量。注意依照由PCM编码器321所执行的控制可以跳过自适应环路滤波器处理。The loop filter 312 includes a deblocking filter, an adaptive loop filter, and the like, and appropriately performs filter processing on the decoded image supplied from the calculation unit 311. For example, the loop filter 312 performs deblocking filter processing similar to that performed by the deblocking filter 111 on the decoded image, thereby removing block distortion from the decoded image. Furthermore, for example, the loop filter 312 is controlled by the PCM encoder 321 and performs loop filter processing on the result of the deblocking filter processing (the decoded image from which block distortion has been removed) using a Wiener filter, thereby improving image quality. Note that the adaptive loop filter processing can be skipped according to the control performed by the PCM encoder 321.

替选地,环路滤波器312可以对解码图像执行任意滤波器处理。另外,如果需要环路滤波器312可以将用于滤波器处理的滤波器系数供给至无损编码器307,以使得对滤波器系数进行编码。Alternatively, the loop filter 312 may perform arbitrary filter processing on the decoded image. In addition, if necessary, the loop filter 312 may supply the filter coefficients used for the filter processing to the lossless encoder 307 so that the filter coefficients are encoded.

环路滤波器312将滤波器处理的结果(执行了滤波器处理的解码图像)供给至自适应向右移位单元313。注意,如上所述,从计算单元311所输出的解码图像可以被供给至自适应向右移位单元313而不经由环路滤波器312。即,可以跳过由环路滤波器312所进行的滤波器处理。The loop filter 312 supplies the result of the filter processing (the decoded image on which the filter processing has been performed) to the adaptive right shift unit 313. Note that, as described above, the decoded image output from the calculation unit 311 may be supplied to the adaptive right shift unit 313 without passing through the loop filter 312. That is, the filter processing by the loop filter 312 may be skipped.

自适应向右移位单元313由PCM编码器321所控制,其对从计算单元311或环路滤波器312所供给的图像数据在向右的方向上进行移位,以及以特定比特量(例如,4比特)减少其位深。即,自适应向右移位单元313以由自适应向左移位单元303对图像数据向左移位的比特量对图像数据进行向右移位,以便将图像数据的位深改变为向左移位图像数据之前的状态(当图像数据被从画面重排缓冲器302读出时的状态)。The adaptive right shift unit 313 is controlled by the PCM encoder 321, and shifts the image data supplied from the calculation unit 311 or the loop filter 312 in the right direction, and reduces its bit depth by a specific bit amount (for example, 4 bits). That is, the adaptive right shift unit 313 shifts the image data to the right by the bit amount by which the image data was left-shifted by the adaptive left shift unit 303, so as to change the bit depth of the image data to the state before the image data was left-shifted (the state when the image data was read out from the screen rearrangement buffer 302).

例如,自适应向右移位单元313将从计算单元311或环路滤波器312所供给的图像数据的位深从12比特减少至8比特。作为以这种方式减少位深的结果,可以减少在帧存储器中所存储的图像数据的数据量。For example, the adaptive right shift unit 313 reduces the bit depth of image data supplied from the calculation unit 311 or the loop filter 312 from 12 bits to 8 bits. As a result of reducing the bit depth in this manner, the amount of image data stored in the frame memory can be reduced.

注意,未指定向右移位的量(比特量),只要该量与在自适应向左移位单元303中向左移位的量相匹配即可。即,该量可以是固定的或可变的。另外,可以依照由PCM编码器321所执行的控制跳过向右移位处理。Note that the amount of right shift (amount of bits) is not specified as long as it matches the amount of left shift in the adaptive left shift unit 303. That is, the amount may be fixed or variable. In addition, the right shift process may be skipped according to the control performed by the PCM encoder 321.

自适应向右移位单元313将执行了向右移位处理的图像数据供给至帧存储器314(在跳过处理的情况下,从计算单元311或环路滤波器312所输出的图像数据被供给至帧存储器314)。The adaptive right shift unit 313 supplies the image data on which the right shift process is performed to the frame memory 314 (in the case of skipping the process, the image data output from the calculation unit 311 or the loop filter 312 is supplied to the frame memory 314 ).

如同帧存储器112的情况一样,帧存储器314存储供给至其的解码图像,并且在特定定时将所存储的解码图像作为参考图像输出至自适应向左移位单元315。As in the case of the frame memory 112 , the frame memory 314 stores the decoded image supplied thereto, and outputs the stored decoded image as a reference image to the adaptive left shift unit 315 at a certain timing.

自适应向左移位单元315是与自适应向左移位单元303类似的处理单元,由PCM编码器321所控制,对从帧存储器314所读出的图像数据(参考图像)在向左的方向上适当地进行移位,以及以特定比特量(例如,4比特)增加其位深。The adaptive left shift unit 315 is a processing unit similar to the adaptive left shift unit 303, which is controlled by the PCM encoder 321 to appropriately shift the image data (reference image) read out from the frame memory 314 in the left direction and increase its bit depth by a specific bit amount (for example, 4 bits).

例如,在模式不是I_PCM模式的情况下,输入图像的数据被自适应向左移位单元303向左移位。因此,自适应向左移位单元315依照由PCM编码器321所执行的控制,将从帧存储器314所读出的参考图像的数据向左移位,并且以与自适应向左移位单元303的情况相同的比特量增加位深(例如,将位深从8比特改变为12比特)。For example, in the case where the mode is not the I_PCM mode, the data of the input image is shifted to the left by the adaptive left shift unit 303. Therefore, the adaptive left shift unit 315 shifts the data of the reference image read out from the frame memory 314 to the left in accordance with the control performed by the PCM encoder 321, and increases the bit depth by the same amount of bits as in the case of the adaptive left shift unit 303 (for example, changes the bit depth from 8 bits to 12 bits).

然后,自适应向左移位单元315将执行了向左移位处理的图像数据供给至选择器316。作为以这种方式增加位深的结果,可以使得参考图像的位深与输入图像的位深相同,并且可以将参考图像加到输入图像。另外,可以增加内部运算(诸如预测处理)的精度,并且可以抑制误差。The adaptive left shift unit 315 then supplies the image data subjected to the left shift process to the selector 316. As a result of increasing the bit depth in this manner, the bit depth of the reference image can be made the same as that of the input image, and the reference image can be added to the input image. In addition, the accuracy of internal operations (such as prediction processing) can be increased, and errors can be suppressed.

相反,例如,在I_PCM模式的情况下,自适应向左移位单元303未将输入图像的数据向左移位。因此,自适应向左移位单元315依照由PCM编码器321所执行的控制,将从帧存储器314所读出的参考图像供给至选择器316而不增加位深。On the other hand, for example, in the case of I_PCM mode, the adaptive left shift unit 303 does not shift the data of the input image to the left. Therefore, the adaptive left shift unit 315 supplies the reference image read out from the frame memory 314 to the selector 316 without increasing the bit depth in accordance with the control performed by the PCM encoder 321.

如同选择器113的情况一样,在帧内预测的情况下,选择器316将从自适应向左移位单元315所供给的参考图像供给至帧内预测单元317。另外,如同选择器113的情况一样,在帧间预测的情况下,选择器316将从自适应向左移位单元315所供给的参考图像供给至运动预测/补偿单元318。As in the case of the selector 113, in the case of intra prediction, the selector 316 supplies the reference image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 315 to the intra prediction unit 317. Also, as in the case of the selector 113, in the case of inter prediction, the selector 316 supplies the reference image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 315 to the motion prediction/compensation unit 318.

帧内预测单元317执行帧内预测(帧内画面预测),在该帧内预测中,使用从自适应向左移位单元315经由选择器316所供给的参考图像生成预测图像。帧内预测单元317使用多个所准备的模式(帧内预测模式)执行帧内预测。帧内预测单元317还能够使用除了在AVC编码格式中所定义的模式之外的任意模式执行帧内预测。The intra-frame prediction unit 317 performs intra-frame prediction (intra-frame picture prediction) in which a predicted image is generated using the reference image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 315 via the selector 316. The intra-frame prediction unit 317 performs intra-frame prediction using a plurality of prepared modes (intra-frame prediction modes). The intra-frame prediction unit 317 can also perform intra-frame prediction using any mode other than the mode defined in the AVC encoding format.

帧内预测单元317使用所有候选帧内预测模式来生成预测图像,使用从自适应向左移位单元303所供给的输入图像来评估各个预测图像的成本函数值,以及选择最佳模式。在选择了最佳帧内预测模式之后,帧内预测单元317将使用最佳模式所生成的预测图像经由选择器319供给至计算单元304和计算单元311。The intra prediction unit 317 generates a predicted image using all candidate intra prediction modes, evaluates the cost function value of each predicted image using the input image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 303, and selects the optimal mode. After selecting the optimal intra prediction mode, the intra prediction unit 317 supplies the predicted image generated using the optimal mode to the calculation unit 304 and the calculation unit 311 via the selector 319.

另外,如上所述,帧内预测单元317将信息(诸如指示所采用的帧内预测模式的帧内预测模式信息)适当地供给至无损编码器307,以使得对该信息进行编码。In addition, as described above, the intra prediction unit 317 appropriately supplies information such as intra prediction mode information indicating the adopted intra prediction mode to the lossless encoder 307 so as to cause the information to be encoded.

运动预测/补偿单元318使用从自适应向左移位单元303所供给的输入图像和从自适应向左移位单元315经由选择器316所供给的参考图像来对要对其执行帧间编码的图像执行运动预测(帧间预测),依照所检测到的运动向量执行运动补偿处理,以及生成预测图像(帧间预测图像信息)。运动预测/补偿单元318使用多个所准备的模式(帧间预测模式)执行这样的帧间预测。运动预测/补偿单元318还能够使用除了在AVC编码格式中所定义的模式之外的任意模式执行帧间预测。The motion prediction/compensation unit 318 performs motion prediction (inter-frame prediction) on the image to be inter-coded using the input image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 303 and the reference image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 315 via the selector 316, performs motion compensation processing according to the detected motion vector, and generates a predicted image (inter-frame predicted image information). The motion prediction/compensation unit 318 performs such inter-frame prediction using a plurality of prepared modes (inter-frame prediction modes). The motion prediction/compensation unit 318 can also perform inter-frame prediction using any mode other than the mode defined in the AVC encoding format.

运动预测/补偿单元318使用所有候选帧间预测模式生成预测图像,评估各个预测图像的成本函数值,以及选择最佳模式。在选择了最佳帧间预测模式之后,运动预测/补偿单元318将使用最佳模式所生成的预测图像经由选择器319供给至计算单元304和计算单元311。The motion prediction/compensation unit 318 generates a predicted image using all candidate inter prediction modes, evaluates the cost function values of the respective predicted images, and selects the optimal mode. After selecting the optimal inter prediction mode, the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 supplies the predicted image generated using the optimal mode to the calculation unit 304 and the calculation unit 311 via the selector 319.

另外,运动预测/补偿单元318将指示所采用的帧间预测模式的帧间预测模式信息和指示所计算的运动向量的运动向量信息供给至无损编码器307,以使得对该信息进行编码。In addition, the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 supplies inter prediction mode information indicating the employed inter prediction mode and motion vector information indicating the calculated motion vector to the lossless encoder 307 so as to cause the information to be encoded.

如同选择器116的情况一样,在要对其执行帧内编码的图像的情况下,选择器319将帧内预测单元317的输出供给至计算单元304和计算单元311。在要对其执行帧间编码的图像的情况下,选择器319将运动预测/补偿单元318的输出供给至计算单元304和计算单元311。As in the case of the selector 116, in the case of an image on which intra-frame encoding is to be performed, the selector 319 supplies the output of the intra-frame prediction unit 317 to the calculation unit 304 and the calculation unit 311. In the case of an image on which inter-frame encoding is to be performed, the selector 319 supplies the output of the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 to the calculation unit 304 and the calculation unit 311.

码率控制器320基于在累积缓冲器308中所累积的编码数据的编码量,来控制由量化器306所执行的量化操作的码率,以使得不发生上溢或下溢。The rate controller 320 controls the rate of the quantization operation performed by the quantizer 306 based on the code amount of the encoded data accumulated in the accumulation buffer 308 so that overflow or underflow does not occur.

另外,码率控制器320将在累积缓冲器308中所累积的编码数据的编码量(所生成的编码量)供给至PCM编码器321。In addition, the rate controller 320 supplies the code amount of the encoded data accumulated in the accumulation buffer 308 (the generated code amount) to the PCM encoder 321 .

PCM编码器321将从码率控制器320所供给的编码量与从画面重排缓冲器302所供给的输入图像的数据量进行比较,并且选择是否要采用I_PCM模式。此时,PCM编码器321以小于LCU的CU为单位执行选择。即,PCM编码器321更详细地控制是否要采用I_PCM模式。The PCM encoder 321 compares the code size supplied from the rate controller 320 with the data size of the input image supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 and selects whether to adopt the I_PCM mode. At this time, the PCM encoder 321 performs the selection in units of CUs (units smaller than LCUs). In other words, the PCM encoder 321 controls whether to adopt the I_PCM mode in more detail.

依照选择的结果,PCM编码器321控制无损编码器307、自适应向左移位单元303、自适应向右移位单元313、自适应向左移位单元315以及环路滤波器312的操作。According to the result of the selection, the PCM encoder 321 controls the operations of the lossless encoder 307 , the adaptive left shift unit 303 , the adaptive right shift unit 313 , the adaptive left shift unit 315 , and the loop filter 312 .

[无损编码器、PCM编码器以及环路滤波器][Lossless encoder, PCM encoder, and loop filter]

图8是示出图7中所示的无损编码器307、PCM编码器321以及环路滤波器312的主要示例配置的框图。FIG8 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of the lossless encoder 307, the PCM encoder 321, and the loop filter 312 shown in FIG7.

如图8中所示,无损编码器307包括NAL(网络抽象层)编码器331和CU编码器332。As shown in FIG. 8 , the lossless encoder 307 includes a NAL (Network Abstraction Layer) encoder 331 and a CU encoder 332 .

NAL编码器331基于经由用户接口(未示出)所输入的用户指令、规范等对例如SPS(序列参数集)、PPS(图片参数集)等的NAL进行编码。NAL编码器331将编码NAL(NAL数据)供给至累积缓冲器308以使得将NAL数据加到CU数据,其为从CU编码器332供给至累积缓冲器308的编码VCL(视频编码层)。The NAL encoder 331 encodes NALs such as SPS (Sequence Parameter Set), PPS (Picture Parameter Set), etc. based on user instructions, specifications, etc. input via a user interface (not shown). The NAL encoder 331 supplies the encoded NAL (NAL data) to the accumulation buffer 308 so that the NAL data is added to the CU data, which is the encoded VCL (Video Coding Layer) supplied to the accumulation buffer 308 from the CU encoder 332.

CU编码器332由PCM编码器321所控制(基于从PCM编码器321所供给的On/Off控制信号),并且对VCL进行编码。例如,在PCM编码器321未选择I_PCM模式的情况下(在PCM编码器321供给代表“On”的控制信号的情况下),CU编码器332对各个CU的量化正交变换系数进行编码。CU编码器332将各个CU的编码数据(CU数据)供给至累积缓冲器308。The CU encoder 332 is controlled by the PCM encoder 321 (based on the On/Off control signal supplied from the PCM encoder 321) and encodes the VCL. For example, when the PCM encoder 321 does not select the I_PCM mode (when the PCM encoder 321 supplies a control signal indicating "On"), the CU encoder 332 encodes the quantized orthogonal transform coefficients of each CU. The CU encoder 332 supplies the encoded data (CU data) of each CU to the accumulation buffer 308.

另外,例如,在PCM编码器321选择了I_PCM模式的情况下(在PCM编码器321供给代表“Off”的控制信号的情况下),CU编码器332将从画面重排缓冲器302所供给的输入像素值供给至累积缓冲器308作为编码结果(CU数据)。In addition, for example, when the PCM encoder 321 selects the I_PCM mode (when the PCM encoder 321 supplies a control signal representing "Off"), the CU encoder 332 supplies the input pixel value supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 to the accumulation buffer 308 as the encoding result (CU data).

另外,CU编码器332还对指示编码模式是否为I_PCM模式并且从PCM编码器321所供给的标志(I_PCM_flag)进行编码,并且将编码标志作为CU数据供给至累积缓冲器308。此外,CU编码器332对从环路滤波器312所供给的关于滤波器处理的信息(诸如自适应滤波器标志和滤波器系数)进行编码,并且将编码信息作为CU数据供给至累积缓冲器308。In addition, the CU encoder 332 also encodes a flag (I_PCM_flag) indicating whether the encoding mode is the I_PCM mode and supplied from the PCM encoder 321, and supplies the encoded flag as CU data to the accumulation buffer 308. Furthermore, the CU encoder 332 encodes information about filter processing (such as an adaptive filter flag and filter coefficients) supplied from the loop filter 312, and supplies the encoded information as CU data to the accumulation buffer 308.

未指定由CU编码器332所使用的、用于编码的方法(例如,CABAC、CAVLC等)。被供给至累积缓冲器308的NAL数据和CU数据被组合在一起并且被累积在其中。The method for encoding (eg, CABAC, CAVLC, etc.) used by the CU encoder 332 is not specified. The NAL data and CU data supplied to the accumulation buffer 308 are combined together and accumulated therein.

注意,实际上PCM编码器321通过使用采用CU编码器332对量化正交变换系数进行编码所生成的编码数据的编码量,控制是否选择I_PCM模式。Note that the PCM encoder 321 actually controls whether to select the I_PCM mode by using the code amount of the encoded data generated by encoding the quantized orthogonal transform coefficients using the CU encoder 332 .

因此,例如,在未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,采用被供给至累积缓冲器308的编码数据作为目标CU的量化正交变换系数的编码结果。因此,对于CU编码器332仅需要对额外的信息(诸如I_PCM_flag)进行编码。Therefore, for example, when the I_PCM mode is not selected, the encoded data supplied to the accumulation buffer 308 is used as the encoding result of the quantized orthogonal transform coefficient of the target CU. Therefore, the CU encoder 332 only needs to encode additional information such as I_PCM_flag.

相反,例如,在选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,CU编码器332将从画面重排缓冲器302所供给的目标CU的输入像素值作为编码结果(CU数据)供给至累积缓冲器308。因此,在这种情况下,放弃所供给的目标CU的编码数据(通过对量化的正交变换系数进行编码所生成的编码数据)。即,关于编码数据的生成的所有处理操作是冗余的。On the other hand, for example, when the I_PCM mode is selected, the CU encoder 332 supplies the input pixel values of the target CU supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 as the encoding result (CU data) to the accumulation buffer 308. Therefore, in this case, the supplied encoded data of the target CU (encoded data generated by encoding the quantized orthogonal transform coefficients) is discarded. In other words, all processing operations related to the generation of the encoded data are redundant.

如在图8中所示,PCM编码器321包括I_PCM_flag生成器341和PCM决定单元342。As shown in FIG. 8 , the PCM encoder 321 includes an I_PCM_flag generator 341 and a PCM decision unit 342 .

I_PCM_flag生成器341依照由PCM决定单元342所做出的决定生成I_PCM_flag,并且决定其值。I_PCM_flag生成器341将所生成的I_PCM_flag供给至无损编码器307的CU编码器332。例如,在PCM决定单元342选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,I_PCM_flag生成器341将I_PCM_flag的值设置为指示选择I_PCM模式的值(例如“1”),并且将I_PCM_flag供给至CU编码器332。另外,例如,在PCM决定单元342未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,I_PCM_flag生成器341将I_PCM_flag的值设置为指示未选择I_PCM模式的值(例如“0”),并且将I_PCM_flag供给至CU编码器332。The I_PCM_flag generator 341 generates an I_PCM_flag according to the decision made by the PCM decision unit 342 and determines its value. The I_PCM_flag generator 341 supplies the generated I_PCM_flag to the CU encoder 332 of the lossless encoder 307. For example, if the PCM decision unit 342 selects the I_PCM mode, the I_PCM_flag generator 341 sets the value of the I_PCM_flag to a value indicating that the I_PCM mode is selected (e.g., "1") and supplies the I_PCM_flag to the CU encoder 332. Alternatively, if the PCM decision unit 342 does not select the I_PCM mode, the I_PCM_flag generator 341 sets the value of the I_PCM_flag to a value indicating that the I_PCM mode is not selected (e.g., "0") and supplies the I_PCM_flag to the CU encoder 332.

PCM决定单元342决定编码模式是否为I_PCM模式。PCM决定单元342获得从画面重排缓冲器302所供给的输入像素值的数据量,将该数据量与从码率控制器320所供给的生成的编码量进行比较,以及基于比较结果决定是否选择I_PCM模式。PCM决定单元342将代表选择结果的On/Off控制信号供给至CU编码器332和I_PCM_flag生成器341,因此依照选择结果来控制操作。The PCM decision unit 342 determines whether the encoding mode is the I_PCM mode. The PCM decision unit 342 obtains the data amount of the input pixel value supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 302, compares this data amount with the generated encoding amount supplied from the rate controller 320, and determines whether to select the I_PCM mode based on the comparison result. The PCM decision unit 342 supplies an on/off control signal representing the selection result to the CU encoder 332 and the I_PCM_flag generator 341, thereby controlling the operation according to the selection result.

例如,在输入像素值的数据量大于所生成的编码量的情况下,PCM决定单元342不选择I_PCM模式。在这种情况下,PCM决定单元342将代表“On”的控制信号供给至CU编码器322,并且使得CU编码器332对量化的正交系数进行编码。另外,PCM决定单元342将代表“On”的控制信号供给至I_PCM_flag生成器341,并且使得I_PCM_flag生成器341生成具有指示未选择I_PCM模式的值(例如,“0”)的I_PCM_flag。For example, if the amount of input pixel value data is greater than the generated code amount, the PCM decision unit 342 does not select the I_PCM mode. In this case, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "On" to the CU encoder 322, and causes the CU encoder 332 to encode the quantized orthogonal coefficients. In addition, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "On" to the I_PCM_flag generator 341, and causes the I_PCM_flag generator 341 to generate an I_PCM_flag having a value (e.g., "0") indicating that the I_PCM mode is not selected.

相反,例如,在输入像素值的数据量小于或等于所生成的编码量的情况下,PCM决定单元342选择I_PCM模式。在这种情况下,PCM决定单元342将代表“Off”的控制信号供给至CU编码器332,并且使得CU编码器332输出输入像素值作为编码结果(CU数据)。另外,PCM决定单元342将代表“Off”的控制信号供给至I_PCM_flag生成器341,并且使得I_PCM_flag生成器341生成具有指示选择了I_PCM模式的值(例如,“1”)的I_PCM_flag。On the other hand, for example, if the amount of input pixel value data is less than or equal to the generated code amount, the PCM decision unit 342 selects the I_PCM mode. In this case, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "Off" to the CU encoder 332, and causes the CU encoder 332 to output the input pixel value as the encoding result (CU data). In addition, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "Off" to the I_PCM_flag generator 341, and causes the I_PCM_flag generator 341 to generate an I_PCM_flag having a value (e.g., "1") indicating that the I_PCM mode is selected.

PCM决定单元342能够以在序列参数集中所设置的所有尺寸(在任意层中)的CU以及LCU为单位,来决定是否选择I_PCM模式。因此,例如,可以以较小的CU为单位执行通过使用I_PCM模式抑制具有低QP的许多比特的生成的处理。因此,可以更详细地控制编码量(包括在I_PCM模式中的非编码数据的数据量),并且可以减少在I_PCM模式中发生的冗余处理。The PCM decision unit 342 can determine whether to select the I_PCM mode in units of CUs and LCUs of all sizes (in any layer) set in the sequence parameter set. Therefore, for example, a process of suppressing the generation of many bits with low QP by using the I_PCM mode can be performed in units of smaller CUs. As a result, the amount of coding (including the amount of non-coded data in the I_PCM mode) can be controlled in more detail, and redundant processing occurring in the I_PCM mode can be reduced.

另外,PCM决定单元342将代表选择结果的On/Off控制信号供给至自适应向左移位单元303、自适应向右移位单元313以及自适应向左移位单元315,因此依照选择结果来控制IBDI。即,在目标CU的模式是I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM决定单元342执行控制以使得自适应移位装置不执行增加和减少位精度的处理。Furthermore, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies an on/off control signal representing the selection result to the adaptive left shift unit 303, the adaptive right shift unit 313, and the adaptive left shift unit 315, thereby controlling the IBDI according to the selection result. Specifically, if the target CU mode is I_PCM mode, the PCM decision unit 342 controls the adaptive shifting device so that the bit precision is not increased or decreased.

例如,在未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM决定单元342将代表“On“的控制信号供给至自适应向左移位单元303、自适应向右移位单元313以及自适应向左移位单元315,并且使得执行向左移位处理和向右移位处理,以使得增加内部处理中的位精度。For example, when the I_PCM mode is not selected, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "On" to the adaptive left shift unit 303, the adaptive right shift unit 313, and the adaptive left shift unit 315, and performs left shift processing and right shift processing to increase the bit accuracy in the internal processing.

相反,例如,在选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM决定单元342将代表“Off“的控制信号供给至自适应向左移位单元303、自适应向右移位单元313以及自适应向左移位单元315,并且使得跳过向左移位处理和向右移位处理,以使得不增加内部处理中的位精度。On the contrary, for example, when the I_PCM mode is selected, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "Off" to the adaptive left shift unit 303, the adaptive right shift unit 313 and the adaptive left shift unit 315, and skips the left shift processing and the right shift processing so as not to increase the bit accuracy in the internal processing.

在I_PCM模式中,输入图像像素值被传送至图像压缩信息,并且因此不发生运算误差。增加比特运算精度因此是冗余处理。PCM决定单元342能够通过以上述方式执行处理来消除这样的冗余处理。In I_PCM mode, the input image pixel values are transferred to the image compression information, and therefore no operation error occurs. Increasing the bit operation precision is therefore redundant processing. The PCM decision unit 342 can eliminate such redundant processing by performing the processing in the above manner.

此外,PCM决定单元342将代表选择结果的On/Off控制信号供给至环路滤波器312,由此依照选择结果控制自适应环路滤波处理(BALF)。即,在目标CU的模式是I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM决定单元342执行控制以使得环路滤波器312不执行自适应环路滤波器处理。Furthermore, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies an on/off control signal representing the selection result to the loop filter 312, thereby controlling the adaptive loop filtering (BALF) process according to the selection result. Specifically, if the target CU mode is I_PCM mode, the PCM decision unit 342 controls the loop filter 312 so that it does not perform the adaptive loop filtering process.

例如,在未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM决定单元342将代表“On”的控制信号供给至环路滤波器312,以使得执行自适应环路滤波器处理。相反,例如,在选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM决定单元342将代表“Off”的控制信号供给至环路滤波器312,以使得跳过自适应环路滤波器处理。For example, if the I_PCM mode is not selected, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "On" to the loop filter 312 to execute the adaptive loop filter process. Conversely, if the I_PCM mode is selected, the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "Off" to the loop filter 312 to skip the adaptive loop filter process.

在I_PCM模式中,输入图像像素值被传送至图像压缩信息,并且因此不发生退化。在其上执行自适应环路滤波器处理是冗余的。PCM决定单元342能够通过以上述方式执行处理来消除这样的冗余处理。In the I_PCM mode, the input image pixel values are transferred to the image compression information and thus are not degraded. The adaptive loop filter processing performed thereon is redundant. The PCM decision unit 342 can eliminate such redundant processing by performing the processing in the above manner.

如图8中所示,环路滤波器312包括去块滤波器351、像素分类单元352、滤波器系数计算器353以及滤波单元354。As shown in FIG. 8 , the loop filter 312 includes a deblocking filter 351 , a pixel classification unit 352 , a filter coefficient calculator 353 , and a filtering unit 354 .

如同去块滤波器111的情况一样,去块滤波器351对从计算单元311所供给的解码图像(在去块滤波器之前的像素值)执行去块滤波器处理,由此移除块失真。As in the case of the deblocking filter 111 , the deblocking filter 351 performs deblocking filter processing on the decoded image (pixel values before deblocking filter) supplied from the calculation unit 311 , thereby removing block distortion.

即使使用I_PCM模式对要处理的目标CU进行处理,也不是总能使用I_PCM模式对与目标CU邻近的CU进行处理。因此,即使使用I_PCM模式对目标CU进行处理,也可能发生块失真。因此,无论目标CU的模式是否为I_PCM模式均执行去块滤波器处理。Even if the target CU is processed in I_PCM mode, it is not always possible to process the CUs adjacent to the target CU in I_PCM mode. Therefore, even if the target CU is processed in I_PCM mode, blocking artifacts may occur. Therefore, deblocking filtering is performed regardless of whether the target CU is in I_PCM mode.

去块滤波器351将滤波器处理的结果(在去块滤波器之后的像素值)供给至像素分类单元352。The deblocking filter 351 supplies the result of the filter process (pixel value after the deblocking filter) to the pixel classification unit 352 .

像素分类单元352依照从PCM决定单元342所供给的On/Off控制信号的值,将滤波器处理的各个结果(在去块滤波器之后的像素值)分类为要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值或不要执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值。The pixel classification unit 352 classifies each result of the filter processing (pixel value after the deblocking filter) into pixel values on which adaptive loop filter processing is to be performed or pixel values on which adaptive loop filter processing is not to be performed, according to the value of the On/Off control signal supplied from the PCM decision unit 342.

例如,在PCM决定单元342供给代表“On”的控制信号的情况下,像素分类单元352将相对应的CU的在去块滤波器之后的像素值分类为要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值。相反,例如,在PCM决定单元342供给代表“Off”的控制信号的情况下,像素分类单元352将相对应的CU的在去块滤波器之后的像素值分类为不要执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值。For example, when the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "On", the pixel classification unit 352 classifies the pixel values of the corresponding CU after the deblocking filter as pixel values on which the adaptive loop filter process is to be performed. Conversely, for example, when the PCM decision unit 342 supplies a control signal representing "Off", the pixel classification unit 352 classifies the pixel values of the corresponding CU after the deblocking filter as pixel values on which the adaptive loop filter process is not to be performed.

像素分类单元352将分类之后的各个像素的像素值(在去块滤波器之后的像素值)供给至滤波器系数计算器353。The pixel classification unit 352 supplies the pixel values of the respective pixels after classification (pixel values after the deblocking filter) to the filter coefficient calculator 353 .

滤波器系数计算器353使用维纳滤波器,对于供给至其的在去块滤波器之后的像素值之中、要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值,计算自适应环路滤波器的滤波器系数(FIR滤波器系数),以便使得关于输入图像的误差最小化。即,滤波器系数计算器353通过排除要使用I_PCM模式处理的像素来计算滤波器系数。The filter coefficient calculator 353 uses a Wiener filter to calculate the filter coefficients (FIR filter coefficients) of the adaptive loop filter for the pixel values to be processed by the adaptive loop filter among the pixel values after the deblocking filter supplied thereto, so as to minimize the error with respect to the input image. In other words, the filter coefficient calculator 353 calculates the filter coefficients by excluding the pixels to be processed using the I_PCM mode.

滤波器系数计算器353将在去块滤波器之后的像素值和所计算的滤波器系数供给至滤波单元354。The filter coefficient calculator 353 supplies the pixel value after the deblocking filter and the calculated filter coefficient to the filtering unit 354 .

滤波单元354使用供给至其的滤波器系数来对被分类为要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值的像素值执行自适应环路滤波器处理。滤波单元354将作为在自适应滤波器之后的像素值的、对其执行了滤波器处理的像素值和被分类为不要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值的像素值供给至自适应向右移位单元313。The filtering unit 354 performs adaptive loop filter processing on the pixel values classified as pixel values to be subjected to adaptive loop filter processing using the filter coefficients supplied thereto. The filtering unit 354 supplies the pixel values after the adaptive filter, the pixel values on which the filter processing is performed, and the pixel values classified as pixel values not to be subjected to the adaptive loop filter processing to the adaptive right shift unit 313.

另外,滤波器单元354针对独立于CU所设置的特定块中的每个块,生成作为指示是否执行了滤波器处理的滤波器标志信息的自适应滤波器标志(on/off_flag)。未指定用于设置自适应滤波器标志的值的方法。In addition, the filter unit 354 generates an adaptive filter flag (on/off_flag) as filter flag information indicating whether filter processing is performed for each block in specific blocks set independently of the CU. The method for setting the value of the adaptive filter flag is not specified.

例如,在对要处理的目标块(当前块)中的一些或所有像素执行了自适应环路滤波器处理的情况下,自适应滤波器标志可以被设置为具有指示执行了滤波器处理的值(例如,“1”)。另外,例如,在未对块中的所有像素执行自适应环路滤波器处理的情况下,自适应滤波器标志可以被设置为具有指示未执行滤波器处理的值(例如,“0”)。可以基于另外的标准来设置自适应环路滤波器标志的值。For example, in the case where adaptive loop filter processing is performed on some or all pixels in the target block to be processed (current block), the adaptive filter flag may be set to a value (e.g., "1") indicating that filter processing is performed. Alternatively, for example, in the case where adaptive loop filter processing is not performed on all pixels in the block, the adaptive filter flag may be set to a value (e.g., "0") indicating that filter processing is not performed. The value of the adaptive loop filter flag may be set based on another criterion.

滤波单元354将所生成的自适应滤波器标识供给至无损编码器307的CU编码器332,以使得对自适应滤波器标志进行编码并且将其提供至解码侧。注意,在自适应滤波器标志的值是指示未执行滤波器处理的值(例如,“0”)时,可以跳过将自适应滤波器标志提供至解码侧(自适应滤波器标志未被提供至解码侧)。The filtering unit 354 supplies the generated adaptive filter flag to the CU encoder 332 of the lossless encoder 307, so that the adaptive filter flag is encoded and provided to the decoding side. Note that when the value of the adaptive filter flag is a value indicating that filter processing is not performed (for example, "0"), the provision of the adaptive filter flag to the decoding side can be skipped (the adaptive filter flag is not provided to the decoding side).

例如,在自适应滤波器标志的值是指示未执行滤波器处理的值(例如,“0”)并且由无损编码器307(CU编码器332)所使用的编码格式是VLC的情况下,滤波单元354跳过自适应滤波器标志的供给(不将自适应滤波器标志提供至解码侧)。另外,例如,在自适应滤波器标志的值是指示未执行滤波器处理的值(例如,“0”)并且由无损编码器307(CU编码器332)所使用的编码格式是CABAC的情况下,滤波单元354将自适应滤波器标志供给至无损编码器307的CU编码器332(将自适应滤波器标志提供至解码侧)。For example, when the value of the adaptive filter flag is a value indicating that filter processing is not performed (for example, "0") and the encoding format used by the lossless encoder 307 (CU encoder 332) is VLC, the filtering unit 354 skips supplying the adaptive filter flag (does not supply the adaptive filter flag to the decoding side). In addition, for example, when the value of the adaptive filter flag is a value indicating that filter processing is not performed (for example, "0") and the encoding format used by the lossless encoder 307 (CU encoder 332) is CABAC, the filtering unit 354 supplies the adaptive filter flag to the CU encoder 332 of the lossless encoder 307 (supplies the adaptive filter flag to the decoding side).

这是因为,在VLC的情况下,如果输入的信息量很小,则可以实现较高的编码效率,但是在CABAC的情况下,如果连续地输入相同的信息,则执行算术编码时的概率发生偏差,并且可以实现较高的编码效率。This is because, in the case of VLC, if the amount of information input is small, higher encoding efficiency can be achieved, but in the case of CABAC, if the same information is continuously input, the probability when performing arithmetic coding deviates, and higher encoding efficiency can be achieved.

此外,滤波单元354将用于自适应环路滤波器处理的滤波器系数供给至无损编码器307的CU编码器332,以使得对滤波器系数进行编码并且将其提供至解码侧。Furthermore, the filtering unit 354 supplies the filter coefficient used for the adaptive loop filter process to the CU encoder 332 of the lossless encoder 307 , so that the filter coefficient is encoded and supplied to the decoding side.

[PCM决定单元][PCM decision unit]

图9是示出图8中所示的PCM决定单元342的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of the PCM decision unit 342 shown in FIG. 8 .

如在图9中所示,PCM决定单元342包括输入数据量计算器361、PCM确定单元362、编码控制器363、自适应移位控制器364以及滤波器控制器365。As shown in FIG. 9 , the PCM decision unit 342 includes an input data amount calculator 361 , a PCM determination unit 362 , an encoding controller 363 , an adaptive shift controller 364 , and a filter controller 365 .

输入数据量计算器361针对目标CU计算作为从画面重排缓冲器302所供给的输入像素值的数据量的输入数据量,并且将所计算的输入数据量供给至PCM确定单元362。The input data amount calculator 361 calculates the input data amount, which is the data amount of the input pixel values supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 , for the target CU, and supplies the calculated input data amount to the PCM determination unit 362 .

PCM确定单元362获得从码率控制器320所供给的所生成的编码量(所生成的比特),将所生成的编码量与从输入数据量计算器361所供给的输入数据量进行比较,以及基于比较结果确定对于CU是否选择I_PCM模式。即,PCM确定单元362针对在任意层中的每个CU确定是否选择I_PCM模式。PCM确定单元362将确定结果供给至编码控制器363、自适应移位控制器364以及滤波器控制器365。The PCM determination unit 362 obtains the generated code amount (generated bits) supplied from the code rate controller 320, compares the generated code amount with the input data amount supplied from the input data amount calculator 361, and determines whether to select the I_PCM mode for the CU based on the comparison result. That is, the PCM determination unit 362 determines whether to select the I_PCM mode for each CU in any layer. The PCM determination unit 362 supplies the determination result to the encoding controller 363, the adaptive shift controller 364, and the filter controller 365.

基于从PCM确定单元362所供给的确定结果(指示是否选择I_PCM模式的标识信息),编码控制器363将On/Off控制信号供给至CU编码器332和I_PCM_flag生成器341。Based on the determination result (identification information indicating whether the I_PCM mode is selected) supplied from the PCM determination unit 362 , the encoding controller 363 supplies an On/Off control signal to the CU encoder 332 and the I_PCM_flag generator 341 .

因此,编码控制器361能够控制在任意层中以CU为单位的编码模式。因此,编码控制器363能够更详细地控制编码量(包括I_PCM模式中的非编码数据的数据量),并且还能够在选择了I_PCM模式时减少冗余处理。Therefore, the encoding controller 361 can control the encoding mode in units of CUs in any layer. Therefore, the encoding controller 363 can control the encoding amount in more detail (including the amount of non-encoded data in I_PCM mode) and can also reduce redundant processing when I_PCM mode is selected.

基于从PCM确定单元362所供给的确定结果(指示是否选择I_PCM模式的信息),自适应移位控制器364将On/Off控制信号供给至自适应向左移位单元303、自适应向右移位单元313以及自适应向左移位单元315。Based on the determination result (information indicating whether the I_PCM mode is selected) supplied from the PCM determination unit 362 , the adaptive shift controller 364 supplies On/Off control signals to the adaptive left shift unit 303 , the adaptive right shift unit 313 , and the adaptive left shift unit 315 .

因此,自适应移位控制器364能够执行控制以使得当选择了I_PCM模式时不增加内部运算中的位深。因此,自适应移位控制器364能够减少冗余处理。Therefore, the adaptive shift controller 364 can perform control so as not to increase the bit depth in internal operations when the I_PCM mode is selected. Therefore, the adaptive shift controller 364 can reduce redundant processing.

基于从PCM确定单元362所供给的确定结果(指示是否选择I_PCM模式的信息),滤波器控制器365将On/Off控制信号供给至像素分类单元352。Based on the determination result (information indicating whether the I_PCM mode is selected) supplied from the PCM determination unit 362 , the filter controller 365 supplies an On/Off control signal to the pixel classification unit 352 .

因此,滤波器控制器365能够执行控制以使得当选择了I_PCM模式时不执行自适应环路滤波器处理。因此,滤波器控制器365能够减少冗余处理。Therefore, the filter controller 365 can perform control so that the adaptive loop filter process is not performed when the I_PCM mode is selected.Therefore, the filter controller 365 can reduce redundant processing.

如上所述,图像编码设备300能够减少冗余处理并且抑制编码处理效率的降低。另外,图像编码设备300能够更详细地(以较小的数据单位为单位)选择I_PCM模式(非压缩模式),并且增强编码效率。因此,图像编码设备300能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。As described above, the image encoding device 300 can reduce redundant processing and suppress a decrease in encoding process efficiency. In addition, the image encoding device 300 can select the I_PCM mode (non-compression mode) in more detail (in units of smaller data units) and enhance encoding efficiency. Therefore, the image encoding device 300 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding process efficiency.

[编码处理的流程][Encoding process flow]

接下来,将对由上述的图像编码设备300所执行的各个处理操作的流程进行描述。首先,将参照图10中的流程图描述编码处理的流程的示例。Next, a description will be given of the flow of each processing operation performed by the above-described image encoding device 300. First, an example of the flow of encoding processing will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.

在步骤S301中,A/D转换器301对输入图像进行A/D转换。在步骤S302中,画面重排缓冲器302将A/D转换后的图像存储在其中并且将图片从显示顺序重排为编码顺序。In step S301, the A/D converter 301 performs A/D conversion on an input image. In step S302, the screen rearrangement buffer 302 stores the A/D-converted image therein and rearranges pictures from display order to encoding order.

在步骤S303中,自适应向左移位单元303基于由PCM编码器321所执行的控制对输入图像自适应地执行向左移位。在步骤S304中,自适应向左移位单元315对参考图像自适应地执行向左移位。In step S303, the adaptive left shift unit 303 adaptively performs left shifting on the input image based on the control performed by the PCM encoder 321. In step S304, the adaptive left shift unit 315 adaptively performs left shifting on the reference image.

在步骤S305中,帧内预测单元317通过使用在步骤S304中被向左移位的参考图像,在帧内预测模式中执行帧内预测处理。在步骤S306中,运动预测/补偿单元318通过使用在步骤S304中被向左移位的参考图像来执行帧间运动预测处理,其中在帧间预测模式中执行运动预测或运动补偿。In step S305, the intra prediction unit 317 performs intra prediction processing in the intra prediction mode by using the reference image shifted to the left in step S304. In step S306, the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 performs inter motion prediction processing by using the reference image shifted to the left in step S304, wherein motion prediction or motion compensation is performed in the inter prediction mode.

注意,实际上在帧内预测处理或帧间运动预测处理中,当从帧存储器314读出参考图像时可以执行将参考图像的位深向左移位的处理。Note that, actually in the intra prediction process or the inter motion prediction process, a process of shifting the bit depth of the reference image to the left may be performed when the reference image is read out from the frame memory 314 .

在步骤S307中,选择器319基于从帧内预测单元317和运动预测/补偿处理单元318所输出的各个成本函数值来确定最佳模式。即,选择器319选择由帧内预测单元317所生成的预测图像和由运动预测/补偿单元318所生成的预测图像中的任一个。In step S307, the selector 319 determines the optimal mode based on the respective cost function values output from the intra prediction unit 317 and the motion prediction/compensation processing unit 318. That is, the selector 319 selects either the predicted image generated by the intra prediction unit 317 or the predicted image generated by the motion prediction/compensation unit 318.

另外,指示选择了哪个预测图像的选择信息被供给至帧内预测单元317和运动预测/补偿单元318之中对应于所选择的预测图像的一个。在选择最佳帧内预测模式的预测图像的情况下,帧内预测单元317将指示最佳帧内预测模式的帧内预测模式信息等供给至无损编码器307。在选择最佳帧间预测模式的预测图像的情况下,运动预测/补偿单元318将指示最佳帧间预测模式的信息、并且如果需要将基于最佳帧间预测模式的信息供给至无损编码器307。基于最佳帧间预测模式的信息的示例包括运动向量信息、标志信息以及参考帧信息。In addition, selection information indicating which prediction image was selected is supplied to the one corresponding to the selected prediction image, between the intra prediction unit 317 and the motion prediction/compensation unit 318. When the prediction image in the optimal intra prediction mode is selected, the intra prediction unit 317 supplies intra prediction mode information indicating the optimal intra prediction mode, etc., to the lossless encoder 307. When the prediction image in the optimal inter prediction mode is selected, the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 supplies information indicating the optimal inter prediction mode and, if necessary, information based on the optimal inter prediction mode, to the lossless encoder 307. Examples of information based on the optimal inter prediction mode include motion vector information, flag information, and reference frame information.

在步骤S308中,计算单元304计算通过步骤S303中的处理对位深进行了向左移位的图像与通过步骤S307中的处理所选择的预测图像之间的差异。在要执行帧间预测的情况下,预测图像经由选择器319从运动预测/补偿单元318被供给至计算单元304,并且在要执行帧内预测的情况下,预测图像经由选择器319从帧内预测单元317被供给至计算单元304。In step S308, the calculation unit 304 calculates the difference between the image whose bit depth is shifted to the left by the process in step S303 and the predicted image selected by the process in step S307. When inter prediction is to be performed, the predicted image is supplied to the calculation unit 304 from the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 via the selector 319, and when intra prediction is to be performed, the predicted image is supplied to the calculation unit 304 from the intra prediction unit 317 via the selector 319.

差异数据量小于原始图像数据量。因此,与对图像自身进行编码的情况相比可以减少数据量。The amount of difference data is smaller than that of the original image data, so the amount of data can be reduced compared to the case of encoding the image itself.

在步骤S309中,正交变换单元305对通过步骤S308中的处理所生成的差分信息执行正交变换。具体地,执行正交变换(诸如离散余弦变换或Karhunen-Loeve变换),并且输出变换系数。In step S309, the orthogonal transform unit 305 performs an orthogonal transform on the difference information generated by the process in step S308. Specifically, an orthogonal transform such as discrete cosine transform or Karhunen-Loeve transform is performed, and a transform coefficient is output.

在步骤S310中,量化器306对通过步骤S309中的处理所获得的正交变换系数进行量化。In step S310 , the quantizer 306 quantizes the orthogonal transform coefficient obtained by the process in step S309 .

在步骤S311中,无损编码器307对通过步骤S310中的处理所量化的变换系数进行编码。即,对差分图像执行无损编码(诸如可变长度编码或算术编码)。In step S311, the lossless encoder 307 encodes the transform coefficient quantized by the process in step S310. That is, lossless encoding (such as variable length encoding or arithmetic encoding) is performed on the difference image.

无损编码器307对在步骤S310中所计算的量化参数进行编码,并且将量化参数加到编码数据。另外,无损编码器307对关于通过步骤S307中的处理所选择的预测图像的模式的信息进行编码,并且将该信息加到通过对差分图像进行编码所获得的编码数据。即,无损编码器307还对从帧内预测单元317所供给的最佳帧内预测模式信息或从运动预测/补偿单元318所供给的基于最佳帧间预测模式的信息基进行编码,并且将该信息加到编码数据。The lossless encoder 307 encodes the quantization parameter calculated in step S310 and adds the quantization parameter to the encoded data. Furthermore, the lossless encoder 307 encodes information about the prediction image mode selected by the process in step S307 and adds this information to the encoded data obtained by encoding the difference image. Specifically, the lossless encoder 307 also encodes the optimal intra-frame prediction mode information supplied from the intra-frame prediction unit 317 or the information base based on the optimal inter-frame prediction mode supplied from the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 and adds this information to the encoded data.

此外,无损编码器307对从环路滤波器312所获得的滤波器系数和标志信息进行编码,并且将其加到编码数据。此外,无损编码器307对NAL数据进行编码。Furthermore, the lossless encoder 307 encodes the filter coefficient and flag information obtained from the loop filter 312, and adds them to the encoded data. Furthermore, the lossless encoder 307 encodes NAL data.

在步骤S312中,累积缓冲器308对从无损编码器307所输出的编码数据进行累积。在累积缓冲器308中所累积的编码数据被适当地读出,并且经由传送信道或记录介质被传送到解码侧。In step S312, the accumulation buffer 308 accumulates the encoded data output from the lossless encoder 307. The encoded data accumulated in the accumulation buffer 308 is read out as appropriate and transmitted to the decoding side via a transmission channel or a recording medium.

在步骤S313中,码率控制器320计算通过步骤S312中的处理而在累积缓冲器308中所累积的编码数据的编码量(所生成的编码量),并且基于编码量控制由量化器306所执行的量化操作的比率,以使得不发生上溢或下溢。另外,码率控制器320将所生成的编码量供给至PCM编码器321。In step S313, the rate controller 320 calculates the code amount (generated code amount) of the encoded data accumulated in the accumulation buffer 308 by the process in step S312, and controls the rate of quantization performed by the quantizer 306 based on the code amount so that overflow or underflow does not occur. In addition, the rate controller 320 supplies the generated code amount to the PCM encoder 321.

在步骤S314中,PCM编码器321通过使用在步骤S313中所计算的生成的编码量来执行PCM编码控制处理。在步骤S315中,无损编码器307依照由PCM编码器321所执行的控制执行PCM编码处理。In step S314, the PCM encoder 321 performs PCM encoding control processing by using the generated code amount calculated in step S313. In step S315, the lossless encoder 307 performs PCM encoding processing in accordance with the control performed by the PCM encoder 321.

在步骤S316中,去量化器309至帧存储器314执行参考图像生成处理,在该处理中,对通过步骤S310中的处理所量化的差分信息进行本地地解码以生成参考图像。In step S316 , the dequantizer 309 to the frame memory 314 perform a reference image generation process in which the difference information quantized by the process in step S310 is locally decoded to generate a reference image.

在步骤S316中的处理结束之后,编码处理结束。例如,对各个CU反复地执行编码处理。After the process in step S316 is completed, the encoding process is completed. For example, the encoding process is repeatedly performed on each CU.

[PCM编码控制处理][PCM encoding control processing]

接下来,将参照图11中的流程图描述在图10的步骤S314中所执行的PCM编码控制处理的流程的示例。Next, an example of the flow of the PCM encoding control process executed in step S314 of FIG. 10 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 11 .

在PCM编码控制处理开始之后,在步骤S331中,PCM决定单元342的PCM确定单元362从码率控制单元320获得目标CU的量化的正交变换系数的编码数据的所生成的编码量。After the PCM encoding control process starts, in step S331 , the PCM determination unit 362 of the PCM decision unit 342 obtains the generated code amount of the encoded data of the quantized orthogonal transform coefficient of the target CU from the rate control unit 320 .

在步骤S332中,输入数据量计算器361计算目标CU的输入像素值的输入数据量。In step S332 , the input data amount calculator 361 calculates the input data amount of the input pixel values of the target CU.

在步骤S333中,PCM确定单元362将在步骤S331中所获得的编码量与在步骤S332中所计算的输入数据量进行比较,并且确定是否使用I_PCM模式进行编码。In step S333 , the PCM determination unit 362 compares the code amount obtained in step S331 with the input data amount calculated in step S332 , and determines whether to perform encoding using the I_PCM mode.

在步骤S334中,I_PCM_flag生成器341基于代表在步骤S333中所生成的确定结果的、并且从编码控制器363所供给的On/Off控制信号来生成I_PCM_flag。In step S334 , the I_PCM_flag generator 341 generates I_PCM_flag based on the On/Off control signal representing the determination result generated in step S333 and supplied from the encoding controller 363 .

在步骤S335中,编码控制器363将代表在步骤S333中所生成的确定结果的On/Off控制信号供给至CU编码器332,由此控制CU数据的编码。In step S335 , the encoding controller 363 supplies an On/Off control signal representing the determination result generated in step S333 to the CU encoder 332 , thereby controlling encoding of the CU data.

在步骤S336中,自适应移位控制器364将代表在步骤S333中所生成的确定结果的On/Off控制信号供给至自适应向左移位单元303、自适应向右移位单元313以及自适应向左移位单元315,由此控制自适应移位处理。In step S336 , the adaptive shift controller 364 supplies an On/Off control signal representing the determination result generated in step S333 to the adaptive left shift unit 303 , the adaptive right shift unit 313 , and the adaptive left shift unit 315 , thereby controlling the adaptive shift process.

在步骤S337中,编码控制器363将代表在步骤S333中所生成的确定结果的On/Off控制信号供给至环路滤波器312的像素分类单元352,由此控制自适应环路滤波器处理。In step S337 , the encoding controller 363 supplies an On/Off control signal representing the determination result generated in step S333 to the pixel classification unit 352 of the loop filter 312 , thereby controlling the adaptive loop filter process.

在步骤S337中的处理结束之后,PCM决定单元342结束PCM编码控制处理,处理返回至图10中的步骤S314,以及从步骤S315起执行处理。After the processing in step S337 ends, the PCM decision unit 342 ends the PCM encoding control processing, the processing returns to step S314 in Figure 10, and the processing is performed from step S315.

[PCM编码处理的流程][PCM encoding process flow]

接下来,将参照图12中的流程图描述在图10的步骤S315中所执行的PCM编码处理的流程的示例。Next, an example of the flow of the PCM encoding process performed in step S315 of FIG. 10 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 12 .

在PCM编码处理开始之后,在步骤S351中,CU编码器332确定是否使用I_PCM模式执行编码。在上述的PCM编码控制处理中执行控制以使得使用I_PCM模式执行编码的情况下,CU编码器332使得处理继续至步骤S352。在步骤S352中,CU编码器332选择目标CU的输入像素值作为编码结果。CU编码器332使得放弃在累积缓冲器308中的目标CU的CU数据,并且使得输入像素值在累积缓冲器308中累积。After the PCM encoding process begins, the CU encoder 332 determines in step S351 whether to perform encoding using the I_PCM mode. If control is exercised in the aforementioned PCM encoding control process to perform encoding using the I_PCM mode, the CU encoder 332 proceeds to step S352. In step S352, the CU encoder 332 selects the input pixel values of the target CU as the encoding result. The CU encoder 332 discards the CU data of the target CU in the accumulation buffer 308 and accumulates the input pixel values in the accumulation buffer 308.

在步骤S352结束之后,CU编码器332使得处理继续至步骤S353。另一方面,如果在步骤S351中确定未使用I_PCM模式执行编码,则CU编码器332使得处理继续至步骤S353。After step S352 ends, the CU encoder 332 causes the process to proceed to step S353. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S351 that encoding is not performed using the I_PCM mode, the CU encoder 332 causes the process to proceed to step S353.

在步骤S353中,CU编码器332对在上述PCM编码控制处理中所生成的I_PCM_flag进行编码,并且在累积缓冲器308中累积I_PCM_flag。In step S353 , the CU encoder 332 encodes the I_PCM_flag generated in the above-described PCM encoding control process, and accumulates the I_PCM_flag in the accumulation buffer 308 .

在步骤S353结束之后,CU编码器332结束PCM编码处理,处理返回至图10中的步骤S315,并且从步骤S316起执行处理。After step S353 ends, the CU encoder 332 ends the PCM encoding process, the process returns to step S315 in FIG. 10 , and the process is performed from step S316 .

[参考图像生成处理的流程][Flow of reference image generation process]

接下来,将参照图13中的流程图描述在图10的步骤S316中所执行的参考图像生成处理的流程的示例。Next, an example of the flow of the reference image generation process executed in step S316 of FIG. 10 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 13 .

在参考图像生成处理开始之后,自适应向左移位单元315在步骤S371中基于由自适应移位控制器364所执行的控制来确定是否选择I_PCM模式。如果选择了I_PCM模式,则在内部运算中不增加位深,并且因此从预测处理开始再次执行处理。即,如果确定选择了I_PCM模式,则自适应向左移位单元315使得处理继续至步骤S372而不对参考图像执行向左移位处理。After the reference image generation process starts, the adaptive left shift unit 315 determines whether the I_PCM mode is selected based on the control performed by the adaptive shift controller 364 in step S371. If the I_PCM mode is selected, the bit depth is not increased in the internal operation, and the process is performed again starting from the prediction process. That is, if it is determined that the I_PCM mode is selected, the adaptive left shift unit 315 causes the process to continue to step S372 without performing the left shift process on the reference image.

在步骤S372中,帧内预测单元317使用位深未被向左移位的参考图像执行帧内预测处理。在步骤S373中,运动预测/补偿单元318使用位深未被向左移位的参考图像执行帧间运动预测处理。In step S372, the intra prediction unit 317 performs intra prediction processing using the reference image whose bit depth is not shifted to the left. In step S373, the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 performs inter motion prediction processing using the reference image whose bit depth is not shifted to the left.

在步骤S374中,选择器319基于从帧内预测单元317和运动预测/补偿单元318所输出的各个成本函数值来决定最佳模式。即,选择器319选择由帧内预测单元317所生成的预测图像和由运动预测/补偿单元318所生成的预测图像中的任一个。In step S374, the selector 319 determines the optimal mode based on the respective cost function values output from the intra-frame prediction unit 317 and the motion prediction/compensation unit 318. That is, the selector 319 selects either the predicted image generated by the intra-frame prediction unit 317 or the predicted image generated by the motion prediction/compensation unit 318.

另外,指示选择了哪个预测图像的选择信息被供给至帧内预测单元317和运动预测/补偿单元318之中对应于所选择的预测图像的一个。在选择最佳帧内预测模式的预测图像的情况下,帧内预测单元317将指示最佳帧内预测模式的帧内预测模式信息等供给至无损编码器307。在选择最佳帧间预测模式的预测图像的情况下,运动预测/补偿单元318将指示最佳帧间预测模式的信息、并且如果需要将基于最佳帧间预测模式的信息供给至无损编码器307。基于最佳帧间预测模式的信息的示例包括运动向量信息、标志信息以及参考帧信息。In addition, selection information indicating which prediction image was selected is supplied to the one corresponding to the selected prediction image, between the intra prediction unit 317 and the motion prediction/compensation unit 318. When the prediction image in the optimal intra prediction mode is selected, the intra prediction unit 317 supplies intra prediction mode information indicating the optimal intra prediction mode, etc., to the lossless encoder 307. When the prediction image in the optimal inter prediction mode is selected, the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 supplies information indicating the optimal inter prediction mode and, if necessary, information based on the optimal inter prediction mode, to the lossless encoder 307. Examples of information based on the optimal inter prediction mode include motion vector information, flag information, and reference frame information.

在选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,不增加在内部运算中的位深。即,跳过由自适应向左移位单元303对参考图像所执行的向左移位处理。在步骤S375中,计算单元304计算位深未被向左移位的输入图像与通过步骤S374中的处理所选择的预测图像之间的差异。在执行了帧间预测的情况下,预测图像经由选择器319从运动预测/补偿单元318被供给至计算单元304,并且在执行了帧内预测的情况下,预测图像经由选择器319从帧内预测单元317被供给至计算单元304。When I_PCM mode is selected, the bit depth in internal operations is not increased. That is, the left shifting process performed on the reference image by the adaptive left shifting unit 303 is skipped. In step S375, the calculation unit 304 calculates the difference between the input image whose bit depth has not been shifted to the left and the predicted image selected by the process in step S374. When inter-frame prediction is performed, the predicted image is supplied to the calculation unit 304 from the motion prediction/compensation unit 318 via the selector 319, and when intra-frame prediction is performed, the predicted image is supplied to the calculation unit 304 from the intra-frame prediction unit 317 via the selector 319.

在步骤S376中,正交变换单元305对通过步骤S375中的处理所生成的差分信息执行正交变换。具体地,执行正交变换(诸如离散余弦变换或Karhunen-Loeve变换),并且输出变换系数。在步骤S377中,量化器306对通过步骤S376中的处理所获得的正交变换系数进行量化。In step S376, the orthogonal transform unit 305 performs an orthogonal transform on the difference information generated by the process in step S375. Specifically, an orthogonal transform (such as a discrete cosine transform or a Karhunen-Loeve transform) is performed and the transform coefficients are output. In step S377, the quantizer 306 quantizes the orthogonal transform coefficients obtained by the process in step S376.

在对正交变换系数进行量化之后,量化器306使得处理继续至步骤S378,其中使用在步骤S377中所量化的正交变换系数(未执行向左移位处理的数据)生成参考图像。After quantizing the orthogonal transform coefficients, the quantizer 306 causes the process to proceed to step S378 , where a reference image is generated using the orthogonal transform coefficients quantized in step S377 (data on which the left shift process is not performed).

相反,如果在步骤S371中确定未选择I_PCM模式,则自适应向左移位单元315跳过步骤S372至步骤S377中的处理,并且使得处理继续至步骤S378。即,在未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,使用在图10中的步骤S310中所量化的正交变换系数(执行了向左移位处理的数据)生成参考图像。On the other hand, if it is determined in step S371 that the I_PCM mode is not selected, the adaptive left shift unit 315 skips the processing in steps S372 to S377 and causes the processing to proceed to step S378. That is, if the I_PCM mode is not selected, the reference image is generated using the orthogonal transform coefficients quantized in step S310 in FIG. 10 (data subjected to the left shift processing).

在步骤S378中,去量化器309依照与量化器306的特性相对应的特性对量化的正交变换系数(也称为量化的系数)进行逆量化。在步骤S379中,逆正交变换单元310依照与正交变换单元305的特性相对应的特性来对通过步骤S378中的处理所获得的正交变换系数执行逆正交变换。In step S378, the dequantizer 309 inversely quantizes the quantized orthogonal transform coefficient (also referred to as the quantized coefficient) in accordance with the characteristics corresponding to the characteristics of the quantizer 306. In step S379, the inverse orthogonal transform unit 310 performs inverse orthogonal transform on the orthogonal transform coefficient obtained by the process in step S378 in accordance with the characteristics corresponding to the characteristics of the orthogonal transform unit 305.

在步骤S380中,计算单元311将预测图像加到本地解码的差分信息,由此生成本地解码图像(与计算单元304的输入相对应的图像)。例如,在选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,计算单元311将未被执行向左移位处理的预测图像加到未被执行向左移位处理的差分信息,以便生成未被执行向左移位处理的解码图像。另外,例如,在未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,计算单元311将被执行了向左移位处理的预测图像加到被执行了向左移位处理的差分信息,以便生成被执行了向左移位处理的解码图像。In step S380, the calculation unit 311 adds the predicted image to the locally decoded difference information, thereby generating a locally decoded image (an image corresponding to the input of the calculation unit 304). For example, if the I_PCM mode is selected, the calculation unit 311 adds the predicted image that has not been left-shifted to the difference information that has not been left-shifted to generate a decoded image that has not been left-shifted. Alternatively, if the I_PCM mode is not selected, the calculation unit 311 adds the predicted image that has been left-shifted to the difference information that has been left-shifted to generate a decoded image that has been left-shifted.

在步骤S381中,环路滤波器312基于由滤波器控制器365所执行的控制对通过步骤S380中的处理所获得的本地解码图像执行环路滤波处理,并且适当地执行环路滤波器处理(包括去块滤波器处理、自适应环路滤波器处理等)。In step S381, the loop filter 312 performs loop filtering processing on the local decoded image obtained by the processing in step S380 based on the control performed by the filter controller 365, and appropriately performs loop filter processing (including deblocking filter processing, adaptive loop filter processing, etc.).

在步骤S382中,自适应向右移位单元313基于由自适应移位控制器364所执行的控制来确定是否选择I_PCM模式。如果确定未选择I_PCM模式,则自适应向右移位单元313使得处理继续至步骤S383。In step S382, the adaptive right shift unit 313 determines whether the I_PCM mode is selected based on the control performed by the adaptive shift controller 364. If it is determined that the I_PCM mode is not selected, the adaptive right shift unit 313 causes the process to proceed to step S383.

在未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,解码图像经历了内部运算中的位深的增加。因此,在步骤S383中,自适应向右移位单元313对通过步骤S381中的环路滤波器处理所获得的滤波器处理的结果(解码图像)的位深执行向右移位。在步骤S383中的处理结束之后,自适应向右移位单元313使得处理继续至步骤S384。If the I_PCM mode is not selected, the decoded image undergoes an increase in bit depth in the internal operation. Therefore, in step S383, the adaptive right shift unit 313 performs a right shift on the bit depth of the filter processing result (decoded image) obtained by the loop filter processing in step S381. After the processing in step S383 is completed, the adaptive right shift unit 313 causes the processing to continue to step S384.

如果在步骤S382中确定选择了I_PCM模式,则自适应向右移位单元313使得处理继续至步骤S384而不执行向右移位处理。If it is determined in step S382 that the I_PCM mode is selected, the adaptive right shift unit 313 causes the process to proceed to step S384 without performing the right shift process.

在步骤S384中,帧存储器314存储解码图像。在步骤S384中的处理结束之后,帧存储器314结束参考图像生成处理,处理返回至图10中的步骤S316,并且编码处理结束。In step S384, the frame memory 314 stores the decoded image. After the process in step S384 ends, the frame memory 314 ends the reference image generation process, the process returns to step S316 in FIG10, and the encoding process ends.

[环路滤波器处理的流程][Flow of loop filter processing]

接下来,将参照图14中的流程图描述图13中的步骤S381中所执行的环路滤波器处理的流程的示例。Next, an example of the flow of the loop filter process executed in step S381 in FIG. 13 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 14 .

在环路滤波器处理开始之后,在步骤S401中,环路滤波器312的去块滤波器351对从计算单元311所供给的解码图像(在去块滤波器之前的像素值)执行去块滤波器处理。After the loop filter process starts, in step S401 , the deblocking filter 351 of the loop filter 312 performs a deblocking filter process on the decoded image (pixel values before deblocking filter) supplied from the calculation unit 311 .

在步骤S402中,像素分类单元352在由PCM决定单元342的滤波器控制器365所执行的控制之下,基于模式是否为I_PCM模式来对解码图像的各个像素进行分类。In step S402 , the pixel classification unit 352 classifies each pixel of the decoded image based on whether the mode is the I_PCM mode, under the control performed by the filter controller 365 of the PCM decision unit 342 .

在步骤S403中,滤波器系数计算器353针对被分类为经历滤波器处理的像素(要处理的目标像素)计算滤波器系数。在步骤S404中,滤波单元354使用在步骤S403中所计算的滤波器系数,对要处理的目标像素执行自适应滤波器处理。In step S403, the filter coefficient calculator 353 calculates filter coefficients for pixels classified as being subjected to filter processing (target pixels to be processed). In step S404, the filtering unit 354 performs adaptive filter processing on the target pixels to be processed using the filter coefficients calculated in step S403.

在步骤S405中,滤波单元354针对要处理的目标块设置自适应滤波器标志,并且将自适应滤波器标志和滤波器系数供给至CU编码器332,以使得对自适应滤波器标志和滤波器系数进行编码。In step S405 , the filtering unit 354 sets the adaptive filter flag for the target block to be processed, and supplies the adaptive filter flag and the filter coefficient to the CU encoder 332 , so that the adaptive filter flag and the filter coefficient are encoded.

在步骤S405中的处理结束之后,环路滤波器321结束环路滤波器处理,处理返回至图13中的步骤S381,并且从步骤S382起执行处理。After the processing in step S405 ends, the loop filter 321 ends the loop filter processing, the processing returns to step S381 in FIG. 13 , and the processing is performed from step S382 .

通过以上述方式执行各个处理操作,图像编码设备300能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。By performing the respective processing operations in the manner described above, the image encoding device 300 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

[第二实施例][Second embodiment]

[图像解码设备][Image decoding device]

图15是示出图像解码设备的主要示例配置的框图。图15中所示的图像解码设备500是基本上与图2中所示的图像解码设备200类似的设备,并且对通过对图像数据进行编码所生成的编码数据进行解码。Fig. 15 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of an image decoding device. An image decoding device 500 shown in Fig. 15 is a device basically similar to the image decoding device 200 shown in Fig. 2 , and decodes encoded data generated by encoding image data.

图15中所示的图像解码设备500是与图7中所示的图像编码设备300相对应的解码设备。由图像编码设备300所编码的编码数据经由任意路径(例如,传送信道、记录介质等)被供给至图像解码设备500,并且被解码。The image decoding device 500 shown in Fig. 15 is a decoding device corresponding to the image encoding device 300 shown in Fig. 7. The encoded data encoded by the image encoding device 300 is supplied to the image decoding device 500 via an arbitrary path (for example, a transmission channel, a recording medium, etc.) and decoded.

如在图15中所示,图像解码设备500包括累积缓冲器501、无损解码器502、去量化器503、逆正交变换单元504、计算单元505、环路滤波器506、自适应向右移位单元507、画面重排缓冲器508以及D/A转换器509。另外,图像解码设备500包括帧存储器510、自适应向左移位单元511、选择器512、帧内预测单元513、运动预测/补偿单元514以及选择器515。15 , the image decoding apparatus 500 includes an accumulation buffer 501, a lossless decoder 502, a dequantizer 503, an inverse orthogonal transform unit 504, a calculation unit 505, a loop filter 506, an adaptive right shift unit 507, a screen rearrangement buffer 508, and a D/A converter 509. In addition, the image decoding apparatus 500 includes a frame memory 510, an adaptive left shift unit 511, a selector 512, an intra-prediction unit 513, a motion prediction/compensation unit 514, and a selector 515.

图像解码设备500还包括PCM解码器516。The image decoding apparatus 500 further includes a PCM decoder 516 .

如同累积缓冲器201的情况一样,累积缓冲器501对传送至其的编码数据进行累积。编码数据由图像编码设备300所编码。The accumulation buffer 501 accumulates the encoded data transmitted thereto as in the case of the accumulation buffer 201 . The encoded data is encoded by the image encoding device 300 .

无损解码器502在特定定时从累积缓冲器501读出编码数据,并且使用与由图15中所示的无损编码器307所使用的编码格式相对应的格式对编码数据进行解码。此时,无损解码器502将编码数据中所包括的I_PCM_flag供给至PCM解码器516,并且使得PCM解码器516确定模式是否为I_PCM模式(非压缩模式)。The lossless decoder 502 reads out the encoded data from the accumulation buffer 501 at a specific timing, and decodes the encoded data using a format corresponding to the encoding format used by the lossless encoder 307 shown in FIG 15. At this time, the lossless decoder 502 supplies the I_PCM_flag included in the encoded data to the PCM decoder 516, and causes the PCM decoder 516 to determine whether the mode is the I_PCM mode (non-compression mode).

在模式是I_PCM模式的情况下,从累积缓冲器501所获得的CU数据是非编码数据。因此,无损解码器502依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制将CU数据供给至去量化器503。In the case where the mode is I_PCM mode, the CU data obtained from the accumulation buffer 501 is non-coded data. Therefore, the lossless decoder 502 supplies the CU data to the dequantizer 503 in accordance with the control performed by the PCM decoder 516.

在模式不是I_PCM模式的情况下,从累积缓冲器501所获得的CU数据是编码数据。因此,无损解码器502依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制对CU数据进行解码,并且将解码结果供给至去量化器503。When the mode is not I_PCM mode, the CU data obtained from the accumulation buffer 501 is encoded data. Therefore, the lossless decoder 502 decodes the CU data in accordance with the control performed by the PCM decoder 516 and supplies the decoding result to the dequantizer 503.

注意,例如,在对目标CU进行帧内编码的情况下,帧内预测模式信息被存储在编码数据的头部分中。无损解码器502还对帧内预测模式信息进行解码,并且将该信息供给至帧内预测单元513。另一方面,在对目标CU进行帧间编码的情况下,运动向量信息和帧间预测模式信息被存储在编码数据的头部分中。无损解码器502还对运动向量信息和帧间预测模式信息进行解码,并且将该信息供给至运动预测/补偿单元514。Note that, for example, when the target CU is intra-coded, the intra-prediction mode information is stored in the header portion of the coded data. The lossless decoder 502 also decodes the intra-prediction mode information and supplies this information to the intra-prediction unit 513. On the other hand, when the target CU is inter-coded, the motion vector information and the inter-prediction mode information are stored in the header portion of the coded data. The lossless decoder 502 also decodes the motion vector information and the inter-prediction mode information and supplies this information to the motion prediction/compensation unit 514.

如同去量化器203的情况一样,在模式不是I_PCM模式的情况下,去量化器503使用与由图7中所示的量化器306所使用的量化方法相对应的方法,对从无损解码器502所供给的系数数据(量化的系数)进行去量化。即,去量化器503使用与图7中所示的去量化器309所使用的方法类似的方法来对量化的系数进行去量化。去量化器503将去量化的系数数据(即,正交变换系数)供给至逆正交变换单元504。As in the case of the dequantizer 203, when the mode is not the I_PCM mode, the dequantizer 503 dequantizes the coefficient data (quantized coefficients) supplied from the lossless decoder 502 using a method corresponding to the quantization method used by the quantizer 306 shown in FIG7. That is, the dequantizer 503 dequantizes the quantized coefficients using a method similar to the method used by the dequantizer 309 shown in FIG7. The dequantizer 503 supplies the dequantized coefficient data (that is, the orthogonal transform coefficients) to the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504.

另外,在模式是I_PCM模式的情况下,去量化器503将从无损解码器502所供给的CU数据(未编码的图像数据)供给至逆正交变换单元504。In addition, in the case where the mode is the I_PCM mode, the dequantizer 503 supplies the CU data (unencoded image data) supplied from the lossless decoder 502 to the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 .

如同逆正交变换单元204的情况一样,在模式不是I_PCM模式的情况下,逆正交变换单元504使用与图7中所示的正交变换单元305所使用的正交变换方法相对应的方法(与由图7中所示的逆正交变换单元310所使用的方法类似的方法),对正交变换系数执行逆正交变换。采用逆正交变换处理,逆正交变换单元504获得与在图像编码设备300中执行正交变换之前的残差数据相对应的解码残差数据。例如,执行四阶逆正交变换。逆正交变换单元504将通过逆正交变换所获得的解码残差数据供给至计算单元505。As in the case of the inverse orthogonal transform unit 204, when the mode is not I_PCM mode, the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 performs an inverse orthogonal transform on the orthogonal transform coefficients using a method corresponding to the orthogonal transform method used by the orthogonal transform unit 305 shown in FIG7 (a method similar to the method used by the inverse orthogonal transform unit 310 shown in FIG7 ). Using the inverse orthogonal transform process, the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 obtains decoded residual data corresponding to the residual data before the orthogonal transform performed in the image encoding device 300. For example, a fourth-order inverse orthogonal transform is performed. The inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 supplies the decoded residual data obtained by the inverse orthogonal transform to the calculation unit 505.

另外,在模式是I_PCM模式的情况下,逆正交变换单元504将从去量化器503所供给的CU数据(未编码的图像数据)供给至计算单元505。In addition, when the mode is the I_PCM mode, the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 supplies the CU data (unencoded image data) supplied from the dequantizer 503 to the calculation unit 505 .

另外,预测图像从帧内预测单元513或运动预测/补偿单元514经由选择器515被供给至计算单元505。In addition, the predicted image is supplied from the intra prediction unit 513 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 514 to the calculation unit 505 via the selector 515 .

如同计算单元205的情况一样,在模式不是I_PCM模式的情况下,计算单元505将解码残差数据和预测图像相加,并且由此获得与由图像编码设备300的计算单元304减去预测图像之前的图像数据相对应的解码图像数据。计算单元505将解码图像数据供给至环路滤波器506。As in the case of the calculation unit 205, when the mode is not the I_PCM mode, the calculation unit 505 adds the decoded residual data and the predicted image, and thereby obtains decoded image data corresponding to the image data before the predicted image is subtracted by the calculation unit 304 of the image encoding device 300. The calculation unit 505 supplies the decoded image data to the loop filter 506.

在模式是I_PCM模式的情况下,计算单元505将从逆正交变换单元504所供给的CU数据(未编码的图像数据)供给至环路滤波器506。在这种情况下,CU数据不是残差信息,并且因此不需要加到预测图像。When the mode is I_PCM mode, the calculation unit 505 supplies the CU data (uncoded image data) supplied from the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 to the loop filter 506. In this case, the CU data is not residual information and therefore does not need to be added to the predicted image.

环路滤波器506在由PCM解码器516所执行的控制之下,对从计算单元505所供给的解码图像适当地执行环路滤波器处理(包括去块滤波器处理、自适应滤波器处理等)。The loop filter 506 appropriately performs loop filter processing (including deblocking filter processing, adaptive filter processing, and the like) on the decoded image supplied from the calculation unit 505 under control performed by the PCM decoder 516 .

更具体地,环路滤波器506对解码图像执行与由去块滤波器206所执行的去块滤波器处理类似的去块滤波器处理,由此移除解码图像的块失真。另外,环路滤波器506依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制,使用维纳滤波器对去块滤波器处理的结果(移除了块失真的解码图像)执行环路滤波器处理,由此改进图像质量。More specifically, the loop filter 506 performs a deblocking filter process similar to the deblocking filter process performed by the deblocking filter 206 on the decoded image, thereby removing block distortion from the decoded image. In addition, the loop filter 506 performs a loop filter process on the result of the deblocking filter process (decoded image from which block distortion has been removed) using a Wiener filter in accordance with control performed by the PCM decoder 516, thereby improving image quality.

替选地,环路滤波器506可以对解码图像执行任意滤波器处理。替选地,环路滤波器506可以通过使用从图7中所示的图像编码设备300所供给的滤波器系数来执行滤波器处理。Alternatively, the loop filter 506 may perform arbitrary filter processing on the decoded image. Alternatively, the loop filter 506 may perform filter processing by using filter coefficients supplied from the image encoding device 300 shown in FIG. 7 .

环路滤波器506将滤波器处理的结果(执行了滤波器处理的解码图像)供给至自适应向右移位单元507。The loop filter 506 supplies the result of the filter process (the decoded image on which the filter process has been performed) to the adaptive right shift unit 507 .

自适应向右移位单元507是与自适应向右移位单元313(图7)类似的处理单元,并且由PCM解码器516所控制。在模式不是I_PCM模式的情况下,自适应向右移位单元507对从环路滤波器506所供给的解码图像数据在向右的方向上移位,以便以特定比特量(例如,4比特)减少位深,例如,将位深从12比特减少至8比特。即,自适应向右移位单元507以在图像编码设备300中图像数据被向左移位的比特量将解码图像数据向右移位,以便将图像数据的位深改变为未执行向左移位的状态(当图像数据被从画面重排缓冲器302(图7)所读出时的状态)。The adaptive right shift unit 507 is a processing unit similar to the adaptive right shift unit 313 ( FIG. 7 ), and is controlled by the PCM decoder 516. When the mode is not the I_PCM mode, the adaptive right shift unit 507 shifts the decoded image data supplied from the loop filter 506 in the right direction to reduce the bit depth by a specific bit amount (e.g., 4 bits), for example, from 12 bits to 8 bits. That is, the adaptive right shift unit 507 shifts the decoded image data to the right by the bit amount by which the image data was left-shifted in the image encoding device 300, so as to change the bit depth of the image data to a state in which the left shift is not performed (the state when the image data is read out from the screen rearrangement buffer 302 ( FIG. 7 )).

自适应向右移位单元507将执行了向右移位处理的图像数据供给至画面重排缓冲器508和帧存储器510。The adaptive right shift unit 507 supplies the image data on which the right shift process has been performed to the screen rearrangement buffer 508 and the frame memory 510 .

注意未指定向右移位的量(比特量),只要该量与在图像编码设备300(自适应向左移位单元303)中向左移位的量相同即可。即,该量可以是固定的或是可变的。例如,可以预先确定移位的量(在图像编码设备300与图像解码设备500之间预先共享)、或图像解码设备500可以被允许计算在图像编码设备300中的移位的量、或可以从图像编码设备300提供指示移位的量的信息。Note that the amount of right shift (amount of bits) is not specified, as long as it is the same as the amount of left shift in the image encoding device 300 (adaptive left shift unit 303). That is, the amount can be fixed or variable. For example, the amount of shift can be predetermined (shared in advance between the image encoding device 300 and the image decoding device 500), or the image decoding device 500 can be allowed to calculate the amount of shift in the image encoding device 300, or information indicating the amount of shift can be provided from the image encoding device 300.

替选地,依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制可以跳过向右移位处理。例如,在I_PCM模式的情况下,图像数据在图像编码设备300中不经历向左移位处理。因此,在这种情况下,自适应向右移位单元507由PCM解码器516所控制,并且将从环路滤波器506所供给的解码图像数据供给至画面重排缓冲器508和帧存储器510而不在向右的方向上对解码图像数据进行移位。Alternatively, the right shift processing may be skipped according to the control performed by the PCM decoder 516. For example, in the case of the I_PCM mode, the image data does not undergo the left shift processing in the image encoding device 300. Therefore, in this case, the adaptive right shift unit 507 is controlled by the PCM decoder 516, and supplies the decoded image data supplied from the loop filter 506 to the screen rearrangement buffer 508 and the frame memory 510 without shifting the decoded image data in the right direction.

如同画面重排缓冲器207的情况一样,画面重排缓冲器508对图像进行重排。即,由图7中所示的画面重排缓冲器302以编码顺序所重排的帧被以原始显示顺序进行重排。画面重排缓冲器508以原始显示顺序将各个帧的解码图像数据供给至D/A转换器509。The screen rearrangement buffer 508 rearranges the images as in the case of the screen rearrangement buffer 207. That is, the frames rearranged in the encoding order by the screen rearrangement buffer 302 shown in FIG7 are rearranged in the original display order. The screen rearrangement buffer 508 supplies the decoded image data of each frame to the D/A converter 509 in the original display order.

如同D/A转换器208的情况一样,D/A转换器509对从画面重排缓冲器508所供给的帧图像进行D/A转换,并且将帧图像输出至显示器(未示出)以使得显示帧图像。As in the case of the D/A converter 208 , the D/A converter 509 D/A-converts the frame image supplied from the screen rearrangement buffer 508 , and outputs the frame image to a display (not shown) so that the frame image is displayed.

帧存储器510存储从自适应向右移位单元507所供给的解码图像,并且在特定定时将所存储的解码图像作为参考图像供给至自适应向左移位单元511。The frame memory 510 stores the decoded image supplied from the adaptive right shift unit 507 , and supplies the stored decoded image as a reference image to the adaptive left shift unit 511 at a specific timing.

自适应向左移位单元511是与自适应向左移位单元315类似的处理单元,由PCM解码器516所控制,对从帧存储器510所读出的图像数据(参考图像)在向左的方向上适当地进行移位,以及以特定比特数量(例如,4比特)增加其位深。The adaptive left shift unit 511 is a processing unit similar to the adaptive left shift unit 315, which is controlled by the PCM decoder 516 to appropriately shift the image data (reference image) read out from the frame memory 510 in the left direction and increase its bit depth by a specific number of bits (for example, 4 bits).

例如,在模式不是I_PCM模式的情况下,从逆正交变换单元504供给至计算单元505的解码图像数据是在图像编码设备300中被向左移位的图像数据(例如,位深为12比特)。因此,自适应向左移位单元511依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制,以特定比特数量增加从帧存储器510所读出的参考图像的位深(例如,将位深从8比特增加至12比特)。For example, in the case where the mode is not the I_PCM mode, the decoded image data supplied from the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 to the calculation unit 505 is image data (for example, the bit depth is 12 bits) that has been shifted to the left in the image encoding device 300. Therefore, the adaptive left shift unit 511 increases the bit depth of the reference image read out from the frame memory 510 by a specific number of bits (for example, increases the bit depth from 8 bits to 12 bits) in accordance with the control performed by the PCM decoder 516.

然后,自适应向左移位单元511将执行了向左移位处理的图像数据供给至选择器512。作为以这种方式增加位深的结果,可以使得参考图像的位深与解码图像的位深相同,以使得参考图像可以被加到解码图像。另外,可以增加内部运算(诸如预测处理)的精度,并且可以抑制误差。The adaptive left shift unit 511 then supplies the image data subjected to the left shift process to the selector 512. As a result of increasing the bit depth in this manner, the bit depth of the reference image can be made the same as the bit depth of the decoded image, so that the reference image can be added to the decoded image. In addition, the accuracy of internal operations (such as prediction processing) can be increased, and errors can be suppressed.

另一方面,例如,在模式是I_PCM模式的情况下,从逆正交变换单元504供给至计算单元505的解码图像数据是在图像编码设备300中未执行向左移位处理的图像数据(例如,位深为8比特)。因此,自适应向左移位单元511依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制,将从帧存储器510所读出的参考图像供给至选择器512而不增加位深。On the other hand, for example, in the case where the mode is the I_PCM mode, the decoded image data supplied from the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 to the calculation unit 505 is image data (for example, the bit depth is 8 bits) on which the left shift process is not performed in the image encoding device 300. Therefore, the adaptive left shift unit 511 supplies the reference image read out from the frame memory 510 to the selector 512 without increasing the bit depth in accordance with the control performed by the PCM decoder 516.

在帧内预测的情况下,选择器512将从自适应向左移位单元511所供给的参考图像供给至帧内预测单元513。另一方面,在帧间预测的情况下,选择器512将从自适应向左移位单元511所供给的参考图像供给至运动预测/补偿单元154。In the case of intra prediction, the selector 512 supplies the reference image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 511 to the intra prediction unit 513. On the other hand, in the case of inter prediction, the selector 512 supplies the reference image supplied from the adaptive left shift unit 511 to the motion prediction/compensation unit 154.

通过对头信息进行解码所获得的、指示帧内预测模式的信息等从无损解码器502适当地被供给至帧内预测单元513。帧内预测单元513使用从帧存储器510所获得的参考图像、使用由帧内预测单元317所使用的帧内预测模式来执行帧内预测,并且生成预测图像。即,类似于帧内预测单元317,帧内预测单元513还能够使用除了在AVC编码格式中所定义的模式之外的任意模式执行帧内预测。Information indicating the intra prediction mode obtained by decoding the header information, etc., is appropriately supplied from the lossless decoder 502 to the intra prediction unit 513. The intra prediction unit 513 performs intra prediction using the reference image obtained from the frame memory 510 and the intra prediction mode used by the intra prediction unit 317, and generates a predicted image. That is, similar to the intra prediction unit 317, the intra prediction unit 513 can also perform intra prediction using any mode other than the mode defined in the AVC encoding format.

帧内预测单元513将所生成的预测图像供给至选择器515。The intra prediction unit 513 supplies the generated predicted image to the selector 515 .

通过对头信息进行解码所获得的信息(预测模式信息、运动向量信息、参考帧信息、标识、各种参数等)从无损解码器502被供给至运动预测/补偿单元514。Information obtained by decoding the header information (prediction mode information, motion vector information, reference frame information, flags, various parameters, and the like) is supplied from the lossless decoder 502 to the motion prediction/compensation unit 514 .

运动预测/补偿单元514使用从帧存储器510所获得的参考图像、使用由运动预测/补偿单元318所使用的帧间预测模式执行帧间预测,由此生成预测图像。即,类似于运动预测/补偿单元318,运动预测/补偿单元514还能够使用除了在AVC编码格式中所定义的模式之外的任意模式来执行帧内预测。The motion prediction/compensation unit 514 performs inter-frame prediction using the reference image obtained from the frame memory 510, using the inter-frame prediction mode used by the motion prediction/compensation unit 318, thereby generating a predicted image. That is, similar to the motion prediction/compensation unit 318, the motion prediction/compensation unit 514 can also perform intra-frame prediction using an arbitrary mode other than the mode defined in the AVC encoding format.

运动预测/补偿单元514将所生成的预测图像供给至选择器515。The motion prediction/compensation unit 514 supplies the generated prediction image to the selector 515 .

如同选择器213的情况一样,选择器515选择由运动预测/补偿单元514或帧内预测单元513所生成的预测图像,并且将预测图像供给至计算单元505。As in the case of the selector 213 , the selector 515 selects the predicted image generated by the motion prediction/compensation unit 514 or the intra prediction unit 513 , and supplies the predicted image to the calculation unit 505 .

PCM解码器516基于从无损解码器502所供给的I_PCM_flag控制无损解码器502、环路滤波器506、自适应向右移位单元507以及自适应向左移位单元511。The PCM decoder 516 controls the lossless decoder 502 , the loop filter 506 , the adaptive right shift unit 507 , and the adaptive left shift unit 511 based on the I_PCM_flag supplied from the lossless decoder 502 .

[无损解码器、PCM解码器以及环路滤波器][Lossless decoder, PCM decoder and loop filter]

图16是示出图15中所示的无损解码器502、PCM解码器516以及环路滤波器506的主要示例配置的框图。FIG16 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of the lossless decoder 502, the PCM decoder 516, and the loop filter 506 shown in FIG15.

如在图16中所示,无损解码器502包括NAL解码器531和CU解码器532。NAL解码器531对从累积缓冲器501所供给的编码NAL数据进行解码,并且将解码NAL数据供给至CU解码器532。16 , the lossless decoder 502 includes a NAL decoder 531 and a CU decoder 532 . The NAL decoder 531 decodes the encoded NAL data supplied from the accumulation buffer 501 , and supplies the decoded NAL data to the CU decoder 532 .

CU解码器532基于从NAL解码器531所供给的NAL数据对从累积缓冲器501所供给的编码CU数据进行解码。The CU decoder 532 decodes the encoded CU data supplied from the accumulation buffer 501 based on the NAL data supplied from the NAL decoder 531 .

另外,当通过对CU数据进行解码获得I_PCM_flag时,CU解码器532将I_PCM_flag供给至PCM解码器516。CU解码器532基于I_PCM_flag(基于从PCM编码器321所供给的On/Off控制信号)、依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制对编码CU数据进行解码。In addition, when I_PCM_flag is obtained by decoding CU data, the CU decoder 532 supplies I_PCM_flag to the PCM decoder 516. The CU decoder 532 decodes the encoded CU data in accordance with the control performed by the PCM decoder 516 based on I_PCM_flag (based on the On/Off control signal supplied from the PCM encoder 321).

例如,在I_PCM_flag具有指示模式不是I_PCM模式的值,并且从PCM解码器516获得代表“On”的控制信号的情况下,CU解码器532基于从NAL解码器531所供给的NAL数据对从累积缓冲器501所供给的编码CU数据进行解码,并且将量化的正交变换系数供给至去量化器503。For example, when I_PCM_flag has a value indicating that the mode is not I_PCM mode and a control signal representing "On" is obtained from the PCM decoder 516, the CU decoder 532 decodes the encoded CU data supplied from the accumulation buffer 501 based on the NAL data supplied from the NAL decoder 531, and supplies the quantized orthogonal transform coefficients to the dequantizer 503.

另一方面,在I_PCM_flag具有指示模式是I_PCM模式的值,并且从PCM解码器516获得代表“Off”的控制信号的情况下,CU解码器532将从累积缓冲器501所供给的CU数据(未编码图像数据)供给至去量化器503。On the other hand, when I_PCM_flag has a value indicating that the mode is I_PCM mode and a control signal representing "Off" is obtained from the PCM decoder 516, the CU decoder 532 supplies the CU data (unencoded image data) supplied from the accumulation buffer 501 to the dequantizer 503.

注意,CU解码器532将通过对CU数据进行解码所获的信息(诸如滤波器系数和自适应滤波器标志)供给至环路滤波器506。Note that the CU decoder 532 supplies information obtained by decoding the CU data, such as the filter coefficient and the adaptive filter flag, to the loop filter 506 .

如图8中所示,PCM解码器516包括I_PCM_flag缓冲器541和PCM控制器542。As shown in FIG. 8 , the PCM decoder 516 includes an I_PCM_flag buffer 541 and a PCM controller 542 .

I_PCM_flag缓冲器541存储从无损解码器502的CU解码器532所供给的I_PCM_flag,并且在特定定时将I_PCM_flag供给至PCM控制器542。The I_PCM_flag buffer 541 stores I_PCM_flag supplied from the CU decoder 532 of the lossless decoder 502 , and supplies I_PCM_flag to the PCM controller 542 at a specific timing.

PCM控制器542基于从I_PCM_flag缓冲器541所获得的I_PCM_flag的值,确定在图像编码设备300中进行编码时是否选择了I_PCM模式。基于确定结果,PCM控制器542将On/Off控制信号供给至CU解码器532,并且控制其操作。The PCM controller 542 determines whether the I_PCM mode is selected in encoding in the image encoding device 300 based on the value of I_PCM_flag obtained from the I_PCM_flag buffer 541. Based on the determination result, the PCM controller 542 supplies an On/Off control signal to the CU decoder 532 and controls its operation.

例如,在确定未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM控制器542将代表“On”的控制信号供给至CU解码器532,使得CU解码器532对编码CU数据进行解码,以及使得CU解码器532将通过解码所获的量化的正交变换系数供给至去量化器503。For example, when it is determined that the I_PCM mode is not selected, the PCM controller 542 supplies a control signal representing "On" to the CU decoder 532, so that the CU decoder 532 decodes the encoded CU data, and the CU decoder 532 supplies the quantized orthogonal transform coefficients obtained by decoding to the dequantizer 503.

另一方面,例如,在确定选择I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM控制器542将代表“Off”的控制信号供给至CU解码器532,并且使得CU解码器532将作为非编码数据的CU数据供给至去量化器503作为输出像素值。On the other hand, for example, in the case where it is determined that the I_PCM mode is selected, the PCM controller 542 supplies a control signal representing "Off" to the CU decoder 532, and causes the CU decoder 532 to supply CU data as non-encoded data to the dequantizer 503 as an output pixel value.

采用上述控制,CU解码器532能够适当地对从图像编码设备300所供给的编码数据进行解码。即,CU解码器532能够更适当地对编码数据进行解码,即使在以小于LCU的CU为单位来控制模式是否为I_PCM模式的情况下,也能够对编码数据进行编码。With the above control, the CU decoder 532 can appropriately decode the encoded data supplied from the image encoding device 300. That is, the CU decoder 532 can decode the encoded data more appropriately and encode the encoded data even when the mode is controlled to be the I_PCM mode in units of CUs smaller than the LCU.

另外,PCM控制器542基于关于I_PCM模式的确定结果,将On/Off控制信号供给至自适应向右移位单元507和自适应向左移位单元511,并且控制其操作。In addition, the PCM controller 542 supplies On/Off control signals to the adaptive right shift unit 507 and the adaptive left shift unit 511 based on the determination result about the I_PCM mode, and controls the operations thereof.

例如,在确定未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM控制器542将代表“On”的控制信号供给至自适应向右移位单元507和自适应向左移位单元511,并且使得执行向左移位处理和向右移位处理,以使得增加内部处理中的位精度。For example, when it is determined that the I_PCM mode is not selected, the PCM controller 542 supplies a control signal representing "On" to the adaptive right shift unit 507 and the adaptive left shift unit 511, and performs left shift processing and right shift processing to increase the bit accuracy in internal processing.

另一方面,在确定选择了I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM控制542将代表“Off”的控制信号供给至自适应向右移位单元507和自适应向左移位单元511,并且使得跳过向左移位处理和向右移位处理,以使得不增加内部处理中的位精度。On the other hand, when it is determined that the I_PCM mode is selected, the PCM control 542 supplies a control signal representing "Off" to the adaptive right shift unit 507 and the adaptive left shift unit 511, and skips the left shift processing and the right shift processing so as not to increase the bit accuracy in the internal processing.

采用上述控制,PCM控制器542能够适当地消除冗余处理,即使在以小于LCU的CU为单位来控制模式是否为I_PCM模式的情况下也能够适当地消除冗余处理。By adopting the above control, the PCM controller 542 can appropriately eliminate redundant processing even when controlling whether the mode is the I_PCM mode in units of CUs smaller than LCUs.

此外,PCM控制器542基于关于I_PCM模式的确定结果,将On/Off控制信号供给至环路滤波器506,并且控制其操作。例如,在确定未选择I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM控制器542将代表“On”的控制信号供给至环路滤波器506。另一方面,例如,在确定选择I_PCM模式的情况下,PCM控制器542将代表“Off”的控制信号供给至环路滤波器506。Furthermore, the PCM controller 542 supplies an on/off control signal to the loop filter 506 based on the result of the determination regarding the I_PCM mode, and controls its operation. For example, if it is determined that the I_PCM mode is not selected, the PCM controller 542 supplies a control signal representing "on" to the loop filter 506. On the other hand, if it is determined that the I_PCM mode is selected, the PCM controller 542 supplies a control signal representing "off" to the loop filter 506.

采用上述控制,PCM控制器542能够更适当地消除冗余处理,即使在以小于LCU的CU为单位来控制模式是否为I_PCM模式的情况下也能够适当地消除冗余处理。With the above control, the PCM controller 542 can more appropriately eliminate redundant processing, and can appropriately eliminate redundant processing even when controlling whether the mode is the I_PCM mode in units of CUs smaller than LCUs.

如在图8中所示,环路滤波器506包括去块滤波器551、像素分类单元552以及滤波单元553。As shown in FIG. 8 , the loop filter 506 includes a deblocking filter 551 , a pixel sorting unit 552 , and a filtering unit 553 .

如同去块滤波器206的情况一样,去块滤波器551对从计算单元505所供给的解码图像(在去块滤波器之前的像素值)执行去块滤波器处理,由此移除块失真。As in the case of the deblocking filter 206 , the deblocking filter 551 performs deblocking filter processing on the decoded image (pixel values before deblocking filter) supplied from the calculation unit 505 , thereby removing block distortion.

如同图像编码设备300的情况一样,无论用于目标CU的模式是否为I_PCM模式,执行去块滤波器处理。去块滤波器551将滤波器处理的结果(在去块滤波器之后的像素值)供给至像素分类单元552。As with the image encoding device 300 , deblocking filter processing is performed regardless of whether the mode for the target CU is the I_PCM mode. The deblocking filter 551 supplies the result of the filter processing (pixel value after deblocking filtering) to the pixel sorting unit 552 .

依照从PCM控制器542所供给的On/Off控制信号的值,像素分类单元552将滤波器处理的各个结果(在去块滤波器之后的像素值)分类为要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值和不要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值。In accordance with the value of the On/Off control signal supplied from the PCM controller 542, the pixel classification unit 552 classifies the individual results of the filter processing (pixel values after the deblocking filter) into pixel values on which adaptive loop filter processing is to be performed and pixel values on which adaptive loop filter processing is not to be performed.

例如,在PCM控制器542供给代表“On”的控制信号的情况下,像素分类单元552将CU的在去块滤波器之后的像素值分类为要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值。相反,例如,在PCM控制器542供给代表“Off”的控制信号的情况下,像素分类单元552将CU的在去块滤波器之后的像素值分类为不要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值。For example, when the PCM controller 542 supplies a control signal representing "On", the pixel classification unit 552 classifies the pixel values of the CU after the deblocking filter as pixel values on which the adaptive loop filter process is to be performed. Conversely, for example, when the PCM controller 542 supplies a control signal representing "Off", the pixel classification unit 552 classifies the pixel values of the CU after the deblocking filter as pixel values on which the adaptive loop filter process is not to be performed.

像素分类单元552将各个像素的分类之后的像素值(去块滤波器之后的像素值)供给至滤波单元553。The pixel classification unit 552 supplies the pixel value after classification of each pixel (pixel value after the deblocking filter) to the filtering unit 553 .

滤波单元553基于从CU解码器532所供给的自适应环路滤波器标志,对已经被分类为要对其执行自适应环路滤波处理的像素值的像素值执行自适应环路滤波器处理。The filtering unit 553 performs the adaptive loop filter process on the pixel values that have been classified as pixel values on which the adaptive loop filter process is to be performed, based on the adaptive loop filter flag supplied from the CU decoder 532 .

以独立于CU而设置的特定块为单位执行自适应环路滤波器处理。在目标块的自适应环路滤波器标志的值是指示在编码侧未执行滤波处理的值(例如,“0”)的情况下,滤波单元553跳过对于目标块的自适应环路滤波器处理,并且将供给至其的在去块滤波器之后的像素值供给至自适应向右移位单元507作为在自适应滤波器之后的像素值。Adaptive loop filter processing is performed in units of specific blocks set independently of the CU. When the value of the adaptive loop filter flag of the target block is a value indicating that the filtering process is not performed on the encoding side (for example, "0"), the filtering unit 553 skips the adaptive loop filter processing for the target block and supplies the pixel value after the deblocking filter supplied thereto to the adaptive right shift unit 507 as the pixel value after the adaptive filter.

顺便提及,用于设置自适应环路滤波器标志的方法依赖于图像编码设备300的规范等。因此,依赖于用于由图像编码设备300设置自适应环路滤波器标志的方法,即使目标块的自适应环路滤波器标志的值是指示在编码侧执行了滤波器处理的值(例如,“1”),也存在I_PCM模式的像素被包括在目标块中的可能性。Incidentally, the method for setting the adaptive loop filter flag depends on the specifications of the image encoding device 300, etc. Therefore, depending on the method for setting the adaptive loop filter flag by the image encoding device 300, even if the value of the adaptive loop filter flag of the target block is a value indicating that filter processing is performed on the encoding side (for example, "1"), there is a possibility that pixels in the I_PCM mode are included in the target block.

因此,在目标块中存在被分类为不要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值的像素值的情况下,滤波单元553跳过对于目标块的自适应环路滤波器处理,即使目标块的自适应环路滤波器标志的值是指示在编码侧执行了滤波器处理的值(例如,“1”)的情况下也跳过对于目标块的自适应环路滤波器处理,并且将供给至其的在去块滤波器之后的像素值供给至自适应向右移位单元507作为在去块滤波器之后的像素值。Therefore, in the case where there are pixel values in the target block that are classified as pixel values on which adaptive loop filter processing is not to be performed, the filtering unit 553 skips the adaptive loop filter processing for the target block, and even if the value of the adaptive loop filter flag of the target block is a value indicating that filter processing is performed on the encoding side (for example, "1"), the adaptive loop filter processing for the target block is skipped, and the pixel value after the deblocking filter supplied thereto is supplied to the adaptive right shift unit 507 as the pixel value after the deblocking filter.

即,仅在目标块的自适应环路滤波器标志的值是指示在编码侧执行了滤波器处理的值(例如,“1”),并且目标块中的所有像素被分类为要对其执行自适应环路滤波器处理的像素的情况下,滤波单元553对目标块执行自适应环路滤波器处理。That is, the filtering unit 553 performs adaptive loop filter processing on the target block only when the value of the adaptive loop filter flag of the target block is a value indicating that filter processing is performed on the encoding side (for example, "1") and all pixels in the target block are classified as pixels on which adaptive loop filter processing is to be performed.

注意,在执行自适应环路滤波器处理的情况下,滤波单元553使用从CU解码器32所供给的滤波器系数(在编码侧的自适应环路滤波器处理中所使用的滤波器系数)执行自适应环路滤波器处理。Note that in the case of performing the adaptive loop filter process, the filtering unit 553 performs the adaptive loop filter process using the filter coefficients supplied from the CU decoder 32 (the filter coefficients used in the adaptive loop filter process on the encoding side).

滤波单元553将对其执行了自适应环路滤波器处理的像素值供给至自适应向右移位单元507作为在自适应滤波器之后的像素值。The filtering unit 553 supplies the pixel value on which the adaptive loop filter process is performed to the adaptive right shift unit 507 as the pixel value after the adaptive filter.

采用上述控制,PCM控制器542能够适当地消除冗余处理,即使在以小于LCU的CU为单位来控制模式是否为I_PCM模式(非压缩模式)的情况下也能够适当地消除冗余处理。With the above control, the PCM controller 542 can appropriately eliminate redundant processing even when controlling whether the mode is the I_PCM mode (non-compression mode) in units of CUs smaller than the LCU.

如上所述,采用由各个处理单元所执行的处理操作,图像解码设备500能够实现增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。As described above, with the processing operations performed by the respective processing units, the image decoding device 500 is able to achieve enhanced encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

[解码处理的流程][Decoding Process Flow]

接下来,将描述通过上述图像解码设备500所执行的各个处理操作的流程。首先,将参照图17和图18中的流程图描述解码处理的流程的示例。Next, description will be made of the flow of respective processing operations performed by the above-described image decoding apparatus 500. First, an example of the flow of a decoding process will be described with reference to the flowcharts in FIG17 and FIG18.

在解码处理开始之后,在步骤S501中,累积缓冲器501对传送至其的图像(编码数据)进行累积。在步骤S502中,CU解码器532从在步骤S501中所累积的编码数据获取自适应滤波器标志。在步骤S503中,CU解码器532从在步骤S501中所累积的编码数据获取I_PCM_flag。I_PCM_flag缓冲器541存储I_PCM_flag。After the decoding process begins, in step S501, the accumulation buffer 501 accumulates the image (encoded data) transmitted thereto. In step S502, the CU decoder 532 obtains the adaptive filter flag from the encoded data accumulated in step S501. In step S503, the CU decoder 532 obtains the I_PCM_flag from the encoded data accumulated in step S501. The I_PCM_flag buffer 541 stores the I_PCM_flag.

在步骤S504中,PCM控制器542基于在I_PCM_flag缓冲器541中所存储的I_PCM_flag的值,确定在步骤S501中所累积的编码数据(CU数据)的编码模式是否为I_PCM模式(即,非编码数据)。In step S504 , the PCM controller 542 determines whether the encoding mode of the encoded data (CU data) accumulated in step S501 is the I_PCM mode (ie, non-encoded data) based on the value of I_PCM_flag stored in the I_PCM_flag buffer 541 .

如果确定编码模式不是I_PCM模式,则PCM控制器542使得处理继续至步骤S505。在步骤S505中,无损解码器502执行无损解码处理、对在步骤S501中所累积的编码数据(CU数据)进行解码,以及获得量化的正交变换系数、滤波器系数等。If it is determined that the encoding mode is not I_PCM mode, the PCM controller 542 causes the process to proceed to step S505. In step S505, the lossless decoder 502 performs lossless decoding processing, decodes the encoded data (CU data) accumulated in step S501, and obtains quantized orthogonal transform coefficients, filter coefficients, etc.

在步骤S506中,去量化器503对通过步骤S505中的处理所获得的量化的正交变换系数进行去量化。在步骤S507中,逆正交变换单元504对通过步骤S506中的处理所去量化的正交变换系数执行逆正交变换,并且生成解码图像数据。In step S506, the dequantizer 503 dequantizes the quantized orthogonal transform coefficients obtained by the process in step S505. In step S507, the inverse orthogonal transform unit 504 performs inverse orthogonal transform on the dequantized orthogonal transform coefficients by the process in step S506, and generates decoded image data.

在步骤S508中,自适应向左移位单元511从帧存储器510获得与目标CU相对应的参考图像,并且依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制对参考图像执行向左移位处理。In step S508 , the adaptive left shift unit 511 obtains a reference image corresponding to the target CU from the frame memory 510 , and performs a left shift process on the reference image in accordance with the control performed by the PCM decoder 516 .

在步骤S509中,帧内预测单元513或运动预测/补偿单元514使用在步骤S508执行了向左移位处理的参考图像执行预测处理,由此生成预测图像。In step S509 , the intra prediction unit 513 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 514 performs a prediction process using the reference image on which the left shift process has been performed in step S508 , thereby generating a predicted image.

在步骤S510中,计算单元505将在步骤S509中由帧内预测单元513或运动预测/补偿单元514所生成的预测图像加到通过步骤S507中的处理所获得的差分信息。In step S510 , the calculation unit 505 adds the predicted image generated by the intra prediction unit 513 or the motion prediction/compensation unit 514 in step S509 to the difference information obtained by the process in step S507 .

在步骤S511中,环路滤波器506对在步骤S510中所获得的相加结果执行环路滤波器处理。In step S511 , the loop filter 506 performs loop filter processing on the addition result obtained in step S510 .

在步骤S512中,自适应向右移位单元507依照由PCM解码器516所执行的控制,对在步骤S511中所获得的环路滤波器处理的结果执行向右移位处理。In step S512 , the adaptive right shift unit 507 performs right shift processing on the result of the loop filter processing obtained in step S511 in accordance with the control performed by the PCM decoder 516 .

在步骤S513中,帧存储器510将解码图像数据存储为参考图像。In step S513 , the frame memory 510 stores the decoded image data as a reference image.

在步骤S514中,画面重排缓冲器508对解码图像数据的帧进行重排。即,对由图像编码设备300的画面重排缓冲器302(图7)以编码顺序重排的解码图像数据的帧以原始显示顺序进行重排。In step S514, the screen rearrangement buffer 508 rearranges the frames of the decoded image data. That is, the frames of the decoded image data rearranged in encoding order by the screen rearrangement buffer 302 (FIG. 7) of the image encoding device 300 are rearranged in the original display order.

在步骤S515中,D/A转换器509对在步骤S514中重排了帧的解码图像数据执行D/A转换。解码图像数据被输出至显示器(未示出),并且显示其图像。In step S515, the D/A converter 509 performs D/A conversion on the decoded image data whose frames are rearranged in step S514. The decoded image data is output to a display (not shown), and an image thereof is displayed.

另外,如果在步骤S504中确定编码模式是I_PCM模式,则PCM控制器542使得处理继续至图18中的步骤S521。在步骤S521中,无损解码器502执行无损解码处理,并且把在步骤S501中所累积的编码数据(非压缩数据)当作编码结果(输出像素值)。In addition, if it is determined in step S504 that the encoding mode is the I_PCM mode, the PCM controller 542 causes the processing to proceed to step S521 in Figure 18. In step S521, the lossless decoder 502 performs lossless decoding processing and regards the encoded data (non-compressed data) accumulated in step S501 as the encoding result (output pixel value).

在步骤S522中,环路滤波器506对在步骤S521中所获得的输出像素值执行环路滤波器处理。在步骤S522中的处理结束之后,环路滤波器506将处理返回至图17中步骤S513,以使得执行随后的步骤。In step S522, the loop filter 506 performs loop filter processing on the output pixel value obtained in step S521. After the processing in step S522 ends, the loop filter 506 returns the processing to step S513 in FIG17 so that the subsequent steps are executed.

[环路滤波处理的流程][Flow of loop filtering processing]

接下来,将参照图19中的流程图描述图17中的步骤S511和图18中的步骤S522中执行的环路滤波器处理的流程的示例。Next, an example of the flow of the loop filter process performed in step S511 in FIG. 17 and step S522 in FIG. 18 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 19 .

在环路滤波器处理开始之后,在步骤S541中,去块滤波器551对在步骤S510或步骤S521中所获得的在去块滤波器之前的像素值执行去块滤波器处理。After the loop filter process starts, in step S541 , the deblocking filter 551 performs a deblocking filter process on the pixel values before deblocking filtering obtained in step S510 or step S521 .

在步骤S542中,滤波单元553获得滤波器系数。在步骤S543中,像素分类单元552基于自适应环路滤波器标志的值确定是否执行自适应环路滤波。在确定执行自适应环路滤波器处理的情况下,像素分类单元552使得处理继续至步骤S544。In step S542, the filtering unit 553 obtains the filter coefficient. In step S543, the pixel classification unit 552 determines whether to perform adaptive loop filtering based on the value of the adaptive loop filter flag. If it is determined that the adaptive loop filter process is to be performed, the pixel classification unit 552 causes the process to proceed to step S544.

在步骤S544中,像素分类单元552依照由PCM控制器542所执行的控制、依照模式是否为I_PCM模式,对在去块滤波器之后的像素值进行分类。In step S544 , the pixel classification unit 552 classifies the pixel values after the deblocking filter according to whether the mode is the I_PCM mode in accordance with the control performed by the PCM controller 542 .

在步骤S545中,滤波单元545通过使用在步骤S542中所获得的滤波器系数,对被分类为经历自适应环路滤波器处理的在去块滤波器之后的像素值执行自适应环路滤波器处理。在步骤S545中的处理结束之后,滤波单元545结束环路滤波器处理,处理返回至图17中的步骤S511或图18中的步骤S522,并且处理继续至图17中的步骤S512或图17中的步骤S513。In step S545, the filtering unit 545 performs adaptive loop filter processing on the pixel value after the deblocking filter that is classified as being subjected to adaptive loop filter processing by using the filter coefficient obtained in step S542. After the processing in step S545 ends, the filtering unit 545 ends the loop filter processing, the processing returns to step S511 in Figure 17 or step S522 in Figure 18, and the processing continues to step S512 in Figure 17 or step S513 in Figure 17.

如果在图19中的步骤S543中确定不要执行自适应环路滤波器处理,则像素分类单元52结束环路滤波器处理,处理返回至图17中的步骤S511或图18中的步骤S512,并且处理继续至图17中的步骤S512或图17中的步骤S513。If it is determined in step S543 in Figure 19 that adaptive loop filter processing is not to be performed, the pixel classification unit 52 ends the loop filter processing, the processing returns to step S511 in Figure 17 or step S512 in Figure 18, and the processing continues to step S512 in Figure 17 or step S513 in Figure 17.

作为以上述方式执行各个处理操作的结果,图像解码设备500能够实现增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。As a result of performing the respective processing operations in the manner described above, the image decoding device 500 is able to achieve enhanced encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

[I_PCM信息的位置][Location of I_PCM information]

如上所述,可以以CU为单位执行I_PCM模式的选择控制,使得可以仅对LCU中的一些CU执行使用I_PCM模式的编码,例如图20的部分A中所示。图20的部分A示出了一个LCU中的CU的结构。图20的部分A中所示的LCU由七个CU(即,CU0至CU6)构成。各个标记指示LCU中的处理顺序。在图20的部分A所示的示例中,使用I_PCM模式对阴影CU(CU1、CU3以及CU6)进行编码。As described above, the selection control of the I_PCM mode can be performed in units of CUs, so that encoding using the I_PCM mode can be performed only on some CUs in the LCU, as shown in part A of Figure 20. Part A of Figure 20 shows the structure of the CUs in one LCU. The LCU shown in part A of Figure 20 is composed of seven CUs (i.e., CU0 to CU6). Each mark indicates the processing order in the LCU. In the example shown in part A of Figure 20, the shaded CUs (CU1, CU3, and CU6) are encoded using the I_PCM mode.

在这种情况下,如在图20的部分B中所示,作为与LCU内部的I_PCM有关的信息的I_PCM信息可以被加到编码流的LCU的数据的顶部。In this case, as shown in part B of FIG. 20 , I_PCM information, which is information related to I_PCM inside the LCU, may be added to the top of the data of the LCU of the encoded stream.

例如,I_PCM信息包括指示LCU是否包括要使用I_PCM模式进行编码的CU的标志信息。在图20中所示的示例的情况下,CU1、CU3以及CU6是要使用I_PCM模式进行编码的CU,并且因此标志信息被设置为指示LCU包括要使用I_PCM模式进行编码的CU的值(例如,“1”)。For example, the I_PCM information includes flag information indicating whether the LCU includes a CU to be encoded using the I_PCM mode. In the case of the example shown in FIG20, CU1, CU3, and CU6 are CUs to be encoded using the I_PCM mode, and therefore the flag information is set to a value (e.g., "1") indicating that the LCU includes a CU to be encoded using the I_PCM mode.

以这种方式,图像编码设备300将与LCU内部的I_PCM有关的信息加到LCU的顶部,并且由此在对LCU进行解码之前,图像解码设备500能够容易地确定LCU是否包括要使用I_PCM模式进行编码的CU。In this manner, the image encoding apparatus 300 adds information related to I_PCM inside the LCU to the top of the LCU, and thereby the image decoding apparatus 500 can easily determine whether the LCU includes a CU to be encoded using the I_PCM mode before decoding the LCU.

另外,例如,I_PCM信息包括指示LCU中所包括的、要使用I_PCM模式进行编码的CU的信息。在图20中所示的示例的情况下,CU1、CU3以及CU6是要使用I_PCM模式进行编码的CU,并且因此I_PCM信息包括指示这些CU(CU1、CU3以及CU6)的信息。In addition, for example, the I_PCM information includes information indicating the CUs included in the LCU to be encoded using the I_PCM mode. In the case of the example shown in FIG20 , CU1, CU3, and CU6 are CUs to be encoded using the I_PCM mode, and therefore the I_PCM information includes information indicating these CUs (CU1, CU3, and CU6).

以这样的方式,图像编码设备300将与LCU内部的I_PCM有关的信息加到LCU的顶部,并且由此在对LCU进行解码之前,图像解码设备500能够容易地确定使用I_PCM模式(非压缩模式)对LCU中的哪个CU进行了编码。In this way, the image encoding device 300 adds information related to the I_PCM inside the LCU to the top of the LCU, and thus the image decoding device 500 can easily determine which CU in the LCU is encoded using the I_PCM mode (non-compression mode) before decoding the LCU.

注意,在以上给出的描述中,如果需要,除了图像数据之外的信息,诸如I_PCM_flag、自适应滤波器标志、滤波器系数以及I_PCM信息从图像编码设备300被提供至图像解码设备500,但是这些信息可以被加到编码数据的任意位置。例如,信息可以被加到LCU或CU的顶部,或可以被加入到切片头,或可以被存储在序列参数集(SPS)、图片参数集(PPS)等中。替选地,例如,信息可以被存储在SEI(补充增强信息)等的参数集(例如,序列或图片的头)中。Note that in the description given above, information other than image data, such as I_PCM_flag, adaptive filter flag, filter coefficients, and I_PCM information, is provided from the image encoding device 300 to the image decoding device 500 as needed, but such information may be added to any position of the encoded data. For example, the information may be added to the top of the LCU or CU, or may be added to the slice header, or may be stored in a sequence parameter set (SPS), a picture parameter set (PPS), or the like. Alternatively, for example, the information may be stored in a parameter set (e.g., a header of a sequence or picture) such as SEI (Supplemental Enhancement Information).

此外,信息可以与编码数据相分离地被传送到解码侧。在那种情况下,需要阐明(允许解码侧确定)信息与编码数据之间的对应关系,但是未指定用于其的方法。例如,可以分离地建立指示对应关系的表格信息,或指示另一侧的链接信息可以被嵌入每侧的数据中。Furthermore, information may be transmitted to the decoding side separately from the encoded data. In that case, it is necessary to clarify (allow the decoding side to determine) the correspondence between the information and the encoded data, but the method for this is not specified. For example, table information indicating the correspondence may be separately created, or link information indicating the other side may be embedded in the data of each side.

替选地,图像编码设备300和图像解码设备500可以预先共享信息。在那种情况下,可以省略信息的传送。Alternatively, the image encoding device 300 and the image decoding device 500 may share information in advance. In that case, the transmission of the information can be omitted.

<3.第三实施例><3. Third embodiment>

[个人计算机][Personal Computer]

上述的处理操作的序列可以由硬件所执行或可以由软件所执行。在这种情况下,例如,硬件或软件可以被构成为图21中所示的个人计算机。The sequence of the above-mentioned processing operations can be executed by hardware or can be executed by software. In this case, for example, the hardware or software can be constructed as a personal computer shown in FIG21.

在图21中,个人计算机600的CPU(中央处理器单元)601依照ROM(只读存储器)602中所存储的程序或依照从存储单元613载入到RAM(随机存取存储器)603的程序来执行各种处理操作。另外,CPU 601执行各种处理操作所需要的数据适当地被存储在RAM 603中。21 , a CPU (Central Processor Unit) 601 of a personal computer 600 executes various processing operations in accordance with a program stored in a ROM (Read Only Memory) 602 or in accordance with a program loaded from a storage unit 613 into a RAM (Random Access Memory) 603. In addition, data required for the CPU 601 to execute various processing operations is appropriately stored in the RAM 603.

CPU 601、ROM 602以及RAM 603经由总线604互相连接。另外,输入/输出接口610连接至总线604。The CPU 601, the ROM 602, and the RAM 603 are connected to each other via a bus 604. In addition, an input/output interface 610 is connected to the bus 604.

在输入/输出接口610上连接有:输入单元611,包括键盘、鼠标等;输出单元612,包括显示器(诸如CRT(阴极射线管)或LCD(液晶显示器))以及扬声器等;存储单元613,包括硬盘等;以及通信单元614,包括调制解调器等。通信单元614经由网络(包括因特网)执行通信处理。Connected to the input/output interface 610 are: an input unit 611 including a keyboard, a mouse, etc.; an output unit 612 including a display (such as a CRT (cathode ray tube) or an LCD (liquid crystal display)) and a speaker; a storage unit 613 including a hard disk; and a communication unit 614 including a modem. The communication unit 614 performs communication processing via a network (including the Internet).

另外,如果需要,驱动器615连接至输入/输出接口610,可移除介质621(诸如磁盘、光盘、磁光盘或半导体存储器)适当地被载入到输入/输出接口610,以及如果需要,从输入/输出接口610所读出的计算机程序被安装在存储单元613中。In addition, if necessary, a drive 615 is connected to the input/output interface 610, a removable medium 621 (such as a disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory) is appropriately loaded into the input/output interface 610, and if necessary, a computer program read from the input/output interface 610 is installed in the storage unit 613.

在使得软件执行上述的处理操作序列的情况下,构成软件的程序经由网络或记录介质而安装。In the case of causing software to execute the above-described series of processing operations, the program constituting the software is installed via a network or a recording medium.

例如,如图21中所示,记录介质由可移除介质621构成,可移除介质621与设备的主体相分离地提供以将程序分发给用户,包含在记录在其上的程序,以及由磁盘(包括软盘)、光盘(包括CD-ROM(压缩盘只读存储器)和DVD(数字通用光盘))、磁光盘(包括MD(迷你盘))或半导体存储器构成。替选地,记录介质由包含记录在其上的程序的ROM 602或存储单元613中所包括的硬盘构成,该记录介质以并入设备的主体的状态预先地提供给用户。For example, as shown in FIG21, the recording medium is composed of a removable medium 621, which is provided separately from the main body of the device to distribute the program to the user, and contains the program recorded thereon, and is composed of a magnetic disk (including a floppy disk), an optical disk (including a CD-ROM (Compact Disc Read Only Memory) and a DVD (Digital Versatile Disc)), a magneto-optical disk (including an MD (Mini Disc)), or a semiconductor memory. Alternatively, the recording medium is composed of a ROM 602 containing the program recorded thereon or a hard disk included in a storage unit 613, and the recording medium is provided to the user in advance in a state of being incorporated into the main body of the device.

由计算机所执行的程序可以是依照本说明书中所描述的顺序按照时间序列执行处理操作的程序,或可以是并行或以需要的定时(例如,当调用处理操作时)执行处理操作的程序。The program executed by the computer may be a program that performs processing operations in time series in the order described in this specification, or may be a program that performs processing operations in parallel or at necessary timing (for example, when a processing operation is called).

另外,在本说明书中,描述在记录介质上所记录的程序的步骤可以是依照所描述的顺序按照时间序列执行的处理操作,或可以是并行地或独立地执行的处理操作。In addition, in this specification, steps describing the program recorded on the recording medium may be processing operations performed in time series in the order described, or may be processing operations performed in parallel or independently.

另外,在本说明书中,“系统”是由多个装置所构成的整体设备。In addition, in this specification, a "system" is an entire device composed of a plurality of devices.

另外,以上作为单一装置(或处理单元)所描述的配置可以被分成多个装置(或处理单元)。相反,以上作为多个装置(或处理单元)所描述的配置可以被组合成单一装置(或处理单元)。另外,除了以上所描述的配置之外的配置当然可以被加入到各个装置(处理单元)的配置。此外,只要整体系统的操作和配置基本上相同,某一装置(或处理单元)的配置的一部分可以被包括在另外的装置(或处理单元)的配置中。即,本技术的实施例不限于上述的实施例,并且可以进行各种修改而不背离本技术的主旨。In addition, the configuration described above as a single device (or processing unit) can be divided into multiple devices (or processing units). Conversely, the configuration described above as multiple devices (or processing units) can be combined into a single device (or processing unit). In addition, configurations other than the configurations described above can of course be added to the configurations of the various devices (processing units). In addition, as long as the operation and configuration of the overall system are substantially the same, a part of the configuration of a certain device (or processing unit) can be included in the configuration of another device (or processing unit). That is, the embodiments of the present technology are not limited to the embodiments described above, and various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present technology.

例如,图8中所示的无损编码器307、环路滤波器312以及PCM编码器321中的每个可以被配置成独立的装置。另外,图8中所示的NAL编码器331、CU编码器332、I_PCM_flag生成器341、PCM决定单元342、去块滤波器351、像素分类单元352、滤波器系数计算器353以及滤波单元354中的每个可以被配置为独立装置。For example, each of the lossless encoder 307, the loop filter 312, and the PCM encoder 321 shown in FIG8 may be configured as an independent device. In addition, each of the NAL encoder 331, the CU encoder 332, the I_PCM_flag generator 341, the PCM decision unit 342, the deblocking filter 351, the pixel classification unit 352, the filter coefficient calculator 353, and the filtering unit 354 shown in FIG8 may be configured as an independent device.

此外,图9中所示的输入数据量计算器361、PCM确定单元362、编码控制器363、自适应移位控制器364以及滤波器控制器中的每个可以被配置为独立装置。Furthermore, each of the input data amount calculator 361 , the PCM determination unit 362 , the encoding controller 363 , the adaptive shift controller 364 , and the filter controller shown in FIG. 9 may be configured as an independent device.

替选地,这些处理单元可以任意地组合在一起以构成独立装置。当然,这些处理单元可以与图7至图9中所示的任意处理单元组合,或可以与未示出的处理单元组合。Alternatively, these processing units may be arbitrarily combined together to constitute an independent device. Of course, these processing units may be combined with any processing unit shown in Figures 7 to 9, or may be combined with processing units not shown.

这与图像解码设备500中相同。例如,图15中所示的无损解码器502、环路滤波器506以及PCM解码器516中的每个可以被配置为独立装置。另外,图16中所示的NAL解码器531、CU解码器532、I_PCM_flag缓冲器541、PCM控制器542、去块滤波器551、像素分类单元552、以及滤波单元553中的每个可以被配置为独立装置。This is the same as in the image decoding apparatus 500. For example, each of the lossless decoder 502, the loop filter 506, and the PCM decoder 516 shown in FIG15 can be configured as an independent device. In addition, each of the NAL decoder 531, the CU decoder 532, the I_PCM_flag buffer 541, the PCM controller 542, the deblocking filter 551, the pixel classification unit 552, and the filtering unit 553 shown in FIG16 can be configured as an independent device.

此外,这些处理单元可以任意地组合在一起以构成独立装置。当然,这些处理单元可以与图15和图16中所示的任意处理单元组合,或可以与未示出的处理单元组合。In addition, these processing units can be arbitrarily combined together to form an independent device. Of course, these processing units can be combined with any processing unit shown in Figures 15 and 16, or can be combined with processing units not shown.

另外,例如,上述图像编码设备和图像解码设备可以被施加至任意的电子设备。在下文中,将描述其示例。In addition, for example, the above-described image encoding device and image decoding device can be applied to any electronic device. Hereinafter, an example thereof will be described.

<4.第四实施例><4. Fourth embodiment>

[电视接收机][TV receiver]

图22是示出了包括图像解码设备500的电视接收机的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 22 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a television receiver including the image decoding device 500 .

图22中所示的电视接收机1000包括地面广播调谐器1013、视频解码器1015、视频信号处理电路1018、图像生成电路1019、面板驱动电路1020以及显示面板1021。A television receiver 1000 shown in FIG. 22 includes a terrestrial broadcast tuner 1013 , a video decoder 1015 , a video signal processing circuit 1018 , an image generating circuit 1019 , a panel driving circuit 1020 , and a display panel 1021 .

地面广播调谐器1013经由天线接收地面模拟广播的广播波信号,对信号进行解码,获得视频信号,以及将视频信号供给至视频解码器1015。视频解码器1015对从地面广播调谐器1013所供给的视频信号执行解码处理,并且将由此所获得的数字分量信号供给至视频信号处理电路1018。The terrestrial broadcast tuner 1013 receives a broadcast wave signal of a terrestrial analog broadcast via an antenna, decodes the signal, obtains a video signal, and supplies the video signal to the video decoder 1015. The video decoder 1015 performs decoding processing on the video signal supplied from the terrestrial broadcast tuner 1013, and supplies the digital component signal obtained thereby to the video signal processing circuit 1018.

视频信号处理电路1018对从视频解码器1015所供给的视频数据执行特定处理(诸如噪声减弱),并且将所获得的视频数据供给至图形生成电路1019。The video signal processing circuit 1018 performs certain processing (such as noise reduction) on the video data supplied from the video decoder 1015 , and supplies the obtained video data to the graphics generation circuit 1019 .

例如,图形生成电路1019生成要显示在显示面板1021上的节目的视频数据,或通过基于经由网络所供给的应用执行处理来生成图像数据,以及将所生成的视频数据或图像数据供给至面板驱动电路1020。另外,图形生成电路1019适当地执行如下处理:生成用于显示用户选择项目等所使用的屏幕的视频数据(图形),并且将通过将所生成的视频数据叠加在节目的视频数据上所获得的视频数据供给至面板驱动电路1020。For example, the graphics generation circuit 1019 generates video data of a program to be displayed on the display panel 1021, or generates image data by executing processing based on an application supplied via a network, and supplies the generated video data or image data to the panel drive circuit 1020. In addition, the graphics generation circuit 1019 appropriately performs processing for generating video data (graphics) for displaying a screen used for selecting an item or the like by a user, and supplies video data obtained by superimposing the generated video data on the video data of the program to the panel drive circuit 1020.

面板驱动电路1020基于从图形生成电路1019所供给的数据来驱动显示面板1021,并且使得显示面板1021显示节目的视频或上述各种屏幕。The panel driving circuit 1020 drives the display panel 1021 based on the data supplied from the graphic generating circuit 1019 , and causes the display panel 1021 to display the video of a program or the above-described various screens.

显示面板1021由LCD(液晶显示器)等构成,并且依照由面板驱动电路1020所执行的控制来显示节目的视频等。The display panel 1021 is configured by an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) or the like, and displays a video of a program or the like in accordance with control performed by the panel drive circuit 1020 .

另外,电视接收机1000包括音频A/D(模拟/数字)转换器电路1014、音频信号处理电路1022、回波消除/音频合成电路1023、音频放大器电路1024以及扬声器1025。In addition, the television receiver 1000 includes an audio A/D (Analog/Digital) converter circuit 1014 , an audio signal processing circuit 1022 , an echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 , an audio amplifier circuit 1024 , and a speaker 1025 .

地面广播调谐器1013对所接收的广播波信号进行解调,并且由此获得音频信号以及视频信号。地面广播调谐器1013将所获得的音频信号供给至音频A/D转换器电路1014。The terrestrial tuner 1013 demodulates the received broadcast wave signal and thereby obtains an audio signal and a video signal. The terrestrial tuner 1013 supplies the obtained audio signal to the audio A/D converter circuit 1014.

音频A/D转换器电路对从地面广播调谐器1013所供给的音频信号执行A/D转换处理,并且将由此所获得的数字音频信号供给至音频信号处理电路1022。The audio A/D converter circuit performs A/D conversion processing on the audio signal supplied from the terrestrial tuner 1013 , and supplies the digital audio signal obtained thereby to the audio signal processing circuit 1022 .

音频信号处理电路1022对从音频A/D转换器电路1014所供给的音频数据执行特定处理(诸如噪声降低),并且将由此所获得的音频数据供给至回波消除/音频合成电路1023。The audio signal processing circuit 1022 performs certain processing (such as noise reduction) on the audio data supplied from the audio A/D converter circuit 1014 , and supplies the audio data obtained thereby to the echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 .

回波消除/音频合成电路1023将从音频信号处理电路1022所供给的音频数据供给至音频放大器电路1024。The echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 supplies the audio data supplied from the audio signal processing circuit 1022 to the audio amplifier circuit 1024 .

音频放大器电路1024对从回波消除/音频合成电路1023所供给的音频数据执行D/A转换处理和放大处理,调整音频数据以使得其具有特定音量,以及使得音频从扬声器1023输出。The audio amplifier circuit 1024 performs D/A conversion processing and amplification processing on the audio data supplied from the echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 , adjusts the audio data so that it has a certain volume, and causes audio to be output from the speaker 1023 .

此外,电视接收机1000包括数字调谐器1016和MPEG解码器1017。Furthermore, the television receiver 1000 includes a digital tuner 1016 and an MPEG decoder 1017 .

数字调谐器1016经由天线接收数字广播(地面数字广播、BS(广播卫星)/CS(通信卫星)数字广播)的广播波信号,对信号进行解调,获得MPEG-TS(运动图像专家组-传输流),以及将其供给至MPEG解码器1017。The digital tuner 1016 receives the broadcast wave signal of digital broadcasting (terrestrial digital broadcasting, BS (broadcast satellite)/CS (communication satellite) digital broadcasting) via an antenna, demodulates the signal, obtains MPEG-TS (Moving Picture Experts Group-Transport Stream), and supplies it to the MPEG decoder 1017.

MPEG解码器1017对从数字调谐器1016所供给的MPEG-TS进行解扰,并且提取包括作为要再现的目标(要被观看或聆听的目标)的节目的数据的流。MPEG解码器1017对构成所提取的流的音频包进行解码,并且将由此所获得的音频数据供给至音频信号处理电路1022,以及还对构成流的视频数据进行解码,并且将由此所获得的视频数据供给至视频信号处理电路1018。另外,MPEG解码器1017将从MPEG-TS中所提取的EPG(电子节目指南)数据经由未示出的路径供给至CPU 1032。The MPEG decoder 1017 descrambles the MPEG-TS supplied from the digital tuner 1016 and extracts a stream containing data of a program to be reproduced (to be viewed or listened to). The MPEG decoder 1017 decodes the audio packets constituting the extracted stream and supplies the audio data obtained thereby to the audio signal processing circuit 1022. It also decodes the video data constituting the stream and supplies the video data obtained thereby to the video signal processing circuit 1018. Furthermore, the MPEG decoder 1017 supplies EPG (Electronic Program Guide) data extracted from the MPEG-TS to the CPU 1032 via a path not shown.

电视接收机1000包括用作MPEG解码器1017的上述的图像解码设备500,MPEG解码器1017按照这种方式对视频包进行解码。注意从广播站等所传送的MPEG-TS由图像编码设备300所编码。The television receiver 1000 includes the above-described image decoding device 500 serving as the MPEG decoder 1017, which decodes the video packets in this manner. Note that the MPEG-TS transmitted from a broadcast station or the like is encoded by the image encoding device 300.

如同图像解码设备500的情况一样,MPEG解码器1017适当地对以小于LCU的CU为单位控制其I_PCM模式的选择的编码数据进行解码。因此,MPEG解码器1017能够实现减少用于编码的冗余处理和减少编码数据中所包括的冗余信息。因此,MPEG解码器1017能够实现增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。As in the case of the image decoding device 500, the MPEG decoder 1017 appropriately decodes the coded data whose I_PCM mode selection is controlled in units of CUs smaller than LCUs. Therefore, the MPEG decoder 1017 can reduce redundant processing for encoding and reduce redundant information included in the coded data. Therefore, the MPEG decoder 1017 can achieve enhanced encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding process efficiency.

如同从视频解码器1015所供给的视频数据的情况一样,从MPEG解码器1017所供给的视频数据在视频信号处理电路1018中经历了特定处理,在图形生成电路1019中所生成的视频数据等被适当地叠加在其上,视频数据经由面板驱动电路1020被供给至制显示面板1021,以及显示其图像。As in the case of the video data supplied from the video decoder 1015, the video data supplied from the MPEG decoder 1017 undergoes specific processing in the video signal processing circuit 1018, the video data generated in the graphics generation circuit 1019, etc. are appropriately superimposed thereon, and the video data is supplied to the display panel 1021 via the panel driving circuit 1020, and its image is displayed.

如同从音频A/D转换器电路1014供给的音频数据的情况一样,从MEPG解码器1017所供给的音频数据在音频信号处理电路1022中经历了特定处理,经由回波消除/音频合成电路1023被供给至音频放大器电路1024,以及经历D/A转换处理和放大器处理。结果,被调整为具有特定音量的音频被从扬声器1025输出。As with the audio data supplied from the audio A/D converter circuit 1014, the audio data supplied from the MPEG decoder 1017 undergoes specific processing in the audio signal processing circuit 1022, is supplied to the audio amplifier circuit 1024 via the echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023, and undergoes D/A conversion processing and amplifier processing. As a result, audio adjusted to a specific volume is output from the speaker 1025.

另外,电视接收机1000包括麦克风1026和A/D转换器电路1027。In addition, the television receiver 1000 includes a microphone 1026 and an A/D converter circuit 1027 .

A/D转换器电路1027接收由设置在电视接收机1000中的用于声音转换的麦克风1026所捕获的用户声音的信号,对所接收的音频信号执行A/D转换,以及将所获得的数字音频数据供给至回波消除/音频合成电路1023。The A/D converter circuit 1027 receives a signal of a user's voice captured by the microphone 1026 for sound conversion provided in the television receiver 1000 , performs A/D conversion on the received audio signal, and supplies the obtained digital audio data to the echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 .

在电视接收机1000的用户(用户A)的音频数据从A/D转换器电路1027供给时,回波消除/音频合成电路1023对用户A的音频数据执行回波消除,并且使得通过与其他音频进行合成所获得的音频数据经由音频放大器电路1024从扬声器1025输出。When the audio data of the user (user A) of the television receiver 1000 is supplied from the A/D converter circuit 1027, the echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 performs echo cancellation on the audio data of user A, and causes the audio data obtained by synthesizing with other audio to be output from the speaker 1025 via the audio amplifier circuit 1024.

此外,电视接收机1000包括音频解码编码器1028、内部总线1029、SDRAM(同步动态随机存取存储器)1030、闪速存储器1031、CPU 1032、USB(通用串行总线)I/F 1033以及网络I/F 1034。Furthermore, the television receiver 1000 includes an audio decoding encoder 1028 , an internal bus 1029 , an SDRAM (Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory) 1030 , a flash memory 1031 , a CPU 1032 , a USB (Universal Serial Bus) I/F 1033 , and a network I/F 1034 .

A/D转换器电路1027接收由设置在电视接收机1000中的用于声音转换的麦克风1026所捕获的用户声音的信号,对所接收的音频信号执行A/D转换处理,以及将所获得的数字音频数据供给至音频编解码器1028。The A/D converter circuit 1027 receives a signal of a user's voice captured by the microphone 1026 for sound conversion provided in the television receiver 1000 , performs A/D conversion processing on the received audio signal, and supplies the obtained digital audio data to the audio codec 1028 .

音频编解码器1028将从A/D转换器电路1027所供给的音频信号转换为用于经由网络传送其的特定格式的数据,并且经由内部总线1029将音频数据供给至网络I/F 1034。The audio codec 1028 converts the audio signal supplied from the A/D converter circuit 1027 into data in a specific format for transmitting it via a network, and supplies the audio data to the network I/F 1034 via the internal bus 1029 .

网络I/F 1034经由附接至网络终端1035的电缆连接至网络。例如,网络I/F 1034将从音频编解码器1028所供给的音频数据传送至连接至网络的另一设备。另外,例如,网络I/F 1034经由网络终端1035接收从经由网络所连接的另一设备所传送的音频数据,并且将音频数据经由内部总线1029供给至音频编解码器1028。The network I/F 1034 is connected to the network via a cable attached to the network terminal 1035. For example, the network I/F 1034 transmits audio data supplied from the audio codec 1028 to another device connected to the network. In addition, for example, the network I/F 1034 receives audio data transmitted from another device connected via the network via the network terminal 1035, and supplies the audio data to the audio codec 1028 via the internal bus 1029.

音频编解码器1028将从网络I/F 1034所供给的音频数据转换为特定格式的数据,并且将数据供给至回波消除/音频合成电路1023。The audio codec 1028 converts the audio data supplied from the network I/F 1034 into data in a specific format, and supplies the data to the echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 .

回波消除/音频合成电路1023对从音频编解码器1028所供给的音频数据执行回波消除,并且使得通过与其他音频数据进行合成所获得的音频数据经由音频放大器电路1024而从扬声器1025输出。The echo cancellation/audio synthesis circuit 1023 performs echo cancellation on the audio data supplied from the audio codec 1028 , and causes audio data obtained by synthesis with other audio data to be output from the speaker 1025 via the audio amplifier circuit 1024 .

SDRAM 1030存储CPU 1032执行处理所需要的各种数据。The SDRAM 1030 stores various data required for the CPU 1032 to execute processing.

闪速存储器1031存储由CPU 1032所执行的程序。闪速存储器1031中所存储的程序被CPU 1032在特定定时(例如,在电视接收机1000启动时)读出。闪速存储器1031还存储经由数字广播所获得的EPG数据和经由网络从特定服务器所获得的数据。The flash memory 1031 stores programs executed by the CPU 1032. The programs stored in the flash memory 1031 are read out by the CPU 1032 at a specific timing (for example, when the television receiver 1000 is activated). The flash memory 1031 also stores EPG data obtained via digital broadcasting and data obtained from a specific server via a network.

例如,闪速存储器1031存储MPEG-TS,MPEG-TS包括在由CPU1032所执行的控制之下经由网络从特定服务器所获得的内容数据。例如,在由CPU 1032所执行的控制之下,闪速存储器1031将MPEG-TS经由内部总线1029供给至MPEG解码器1017。For example, the flash memory 1031 stores MPEG-TS including content data obtained from a specific server via a network under the control performed by the CPU 1032. For example, under the control performed by the CPU 1032, the flash memory 1031 supplies the MPEG-TS to the MPEG decoder 1017 via the internal bus 1029.

如同从数字调谐器1016供给MPEG-TS的情况一样,MPEG解码器1017对MPEG-TS进行处理。以这种方式,电视接收机1000能够经由网络接收视频、音频等的内容数据,使用MPEG解码器1017对数据进行解码,以及使得显示视频或输出音频。The MPEG decoder 1017 processes the MPEG-TS as in the case of being supplied from the digital tuner 1016. In this way, the television receiver 1000 can receive content data such as video and audio via a network, decode the data using the MPEG decoder 1017, and display the video or output the audio.

另外,电视接收机1000包括光接收器1037,该光接收器1037接收从远程控制器1051所传送的红外信号。In addition, the television receiver 1000 includes a light receiver 1037 that receives an infrared signal transmitted from the remote controller 1051 .

光接收器1037从远程控制器1051接收红外射线,并且将通过解调所获得的代表用户操作的详情的控制代码输出至CPU 1032。The light receiver 1037 receives infrared rays from the remote controller 1051 and outputs a control code representing details of a user operation obtained by demodulation to the CPU 1032 .

CPU 1032执行闪速存储器1031中所存储的程序,并且依照从光接收器1037所供给的控制代码等控制电视接收机1000的全部操作。CPU 1032经由未示出的路径连接至电视接收机1000的各个单元。The CPU 1032 executes the program stored in the flash memory 1031, and controls the overall operation of the television receiver 1000 in accordance with a control code or the like supplied from the light receiver 1037. The CPU 1032 is connected to the respective units of the television receiver 1000 via an unillustrated path.

USB I/F 1033将数据传送至电视接收机1000的外部设备/从电视接收机1000的外部设备接收数据,该设备经由附接至USB终端1036的USB电缆而连接。网络I/F 1034经由附接至网络终端1035的电缆连接至网络,并且将除了音频数据之外的数据传送至连接至网络的各种设备/从连接至网络的各种设备接收除了音频数据之外的数据。The USB I/F 1033 transmits/receives data to/from an external device of the television receiver 1000, the device being connected via a USB cable attached to the USB terminal 1036. The network I/F 1034 is connected to a network via a cable attached to the network terminal 1035, and transmits/receives data other than audio data to/from various devices connected to the network.

电视接收机1000包括用作MPEG解码器1017的图像解码设备500,由此能够在生成内容数据时实现增强内容数据的编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低,该内容数据是经由通过天线或网络所接收的广播波信号所获得的。The television receiver 1000 includes an image decoding device 500 serving as an MPEG decoder 1017, thereby enabling enhanced encoding efficiency of content data while suppressing reduction in encoding processing efficiency when generating content data, the content data being obtained via a broadcast wave signal received via an antenna or a network.

<5.第五实施例><5. Fifth embodiment>

[移动电话][Mobile Phone]

图23是示出包括图像编码设备300和图像解码设备500的移动电话的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 23 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a mobile phone including the image encoding device 300 and the image decoding device 500 .

图23中所示的移动电话1100包括:被配置成总体地控制各个单元的主控制器1150、电力供给电路单元1151、操作输入控制器1152、图像编码器1153、摄像装置I/F单元1154、LCD控制器1155、图像解码器1156、复用器/解复用器单元1157、记录/再现单元1162、调制/解调电路单元1158、以及音频编解码器1159。这些单元经由总线1160互相连接。The mobile phone 1100 shown in FIG23 includes a main controller 1150 configured to generally control the respective units, a power supply circuit unit 1151, an operation input controller 1152, an image encoder 1153, a camera I/F unit 1154, an LCD controller 1155, an image decoder 1156, a multiplexer/demultiplexer unit 1157, a recording/reproducing unit 1162, a modulation/demodulation circuit unit 1158, and an audio codec 1159. These units are connected to one another via a bus 1160.

另外,移动电话1100包括操作键1119、CCD(电荷耦合装置)摄像装置1116、液晶显示器1118、存储单元1123、传送/接收电路单元1163、天线1114、麦克风1121以及扬声器1117。In addition, the mobile phone 1100 includes operation keys 1119 , a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) camera 1116 , a liquid crystal display 1118 , a storage unit 1123 , a transmission/reception circuit unit 1163 , an antenna 1114 , a microphone 1121 , and a speaker 1117 .

当通过用户操作结束呼叫或接通电源键时,电力供给电路单元1151将电力从电池组供给至各个单元,由此使移动电话1100进入可操作状态。When a call is ended or a power key is turned on by a user operation, the power supply circuit unit 1151 supplies power from the battery pack to each unit, thereby putting the mobile phone 1100 into an operable state.

基于由包括CPU、ROM、RAM等的主控制器1150所执行的控制,移动电话1100在各种模式(诸如音频呼叫模式或数据通信模式)中执行各种操作(诸如音频信号的传送/接收、电子邮件或图像数据的传送/接收、图像捕获或数据记录)。Based on the control performed by the main controller 1150 including a CPU, ROM, RAM, etc., the mobile phone 1100 performs various operations (such as transmission/reception of audio signals, transmission/reception of email or image data, image capture, or data recording) in various modes (such as audio call mode or data communication mode).

例如,在音频呼叫模式中,移动电话1100使用音频编解码器1159将由麦克风1121所收集的音频信号转换为数字音频数据,使用调制/解调电路单元1158在其上执行频谱扩展处理,以及使用传送/接收电路单元1163执行数字-模拟转换处理和频率转换处理。移动电话1100将通过转换处理所获得的要传送的信号经由天线1114传送至基站(未示出)。被传送至基站的要传送的信号(音频信号)经由公共电话线网络被供给至呼叫另一端的移动电话。For example, in audio call mode, the mobile phone 1100 converts the audio signal collected by the microphone 1121 into digital audio data using the audio codec 1159, performs spectrum spread processing thereon using the modulation/demodulation circuit unit 1158, and performs digital-to-analog conversion processing and frequency conversion processing using the transmission/reception circuit unit 1163. The mobile phone 1100 transmits the signal to be transmitted obtained through the conversion process to a base station (not shown) via the antenna 1114. The signal to be transmitted (audio signal) transmitted to the base station is supplied to the mobile phone at the other end of the call via the public telephone line network.

另外,例如,在音频呼叫模式中,移动电话1100使用传送/接收电路单元1163对由天线1114所接收的接收信号进行放大,进一步执行频率转换处理和模拟-数字转换处理,使用调制/解调电路单元1158执行频谱逆扩展处理,以及使用音频编解码器1159将信号转换为模拟音频信号。移动电话1100将通过转换所获得的模拟音频信号从扬声器1117输出。In addition, for example, in the audio call mode, the mobile phone 1100 amplifies the reception signal received by the antenna 1114 using the transmission/reception circuit unit 1163, further performs frequency conversion processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing, performs spectrum inverse spread processing using the modulation/demodulation circuit unit 1158, and converts the signal into an analog audio signal using the audio codec 1159. The mobile phone 1100 outputs the analog audio signal obtained by the conversion from the speaker 1117.

此外,例如,当在数据通信模式中传送电子邮件的情况下,移动电话1100在操作输入控制器1152中接收通过操作键1119的操作所输入的电子邮件的文本数据。移动电话1100使用主控制器1150对文本数据进行处理,并且使得文本数据作为图像经由LCD控制器1155而显示在液晶显示器1118上。Furthermore, for example, when transmitting an e-mail in the data communication mode, the mobile phone 1100 receives text data of the e-mail input by operating the operation key 1119 in the operation input controller 1152. The mobile phone 1100 processes the text data using the main controller 1150 and causes the text data to be displayed as an image on the liquid crystal display 1118 via the LCD controller 1155.

另外,移动电话1100基于由操作输入控制器1152所接收的文本数据或用户指令在主控制器1150中生成电子邮件数据。移动电话1100使用调制/解调电路单元1158对电子邮件数据执行频谱扩展处理,并且使用传送/接收电路单元1163执行数字-模拟转换处理和频率转换处理。移动电话1100将通过转换处理所获得的要传送的信号经由天线1114传送至基站(未示出)。被传送至基站的要传送的信号(电子邮件)经由网络或邮件服务器等被供给至特定目的地。In addition, the mobile phone 1100 generates email data in the main controller 1150 based on the text data or user instructions received by the operation input controller 1152. The mobile phone 1100 performs spectrum spread processing on the email data using the modulation/demodulation circuit unit 1158, and performs digital-to-analog conversion processing and frequency conversion processing using the transmission/reception circuit unit 1163. The mobile phone 1100 transmits the signal to be transmitted obtained through the conversion processing to a base station (not shown) via the antenna 1114. The signal to be transmitted (email) transmitted to the base station is supplied to a specific destination via a network or a mail server, etc.

另外,例如,当在数字通信模式中接收电子邮件的情况下,移动电话1100使用传送/接收电路单元1163经由天线1114接收从基站所传送的信号,对信号进行放大,以及进一步执行频率转换处理和模拟-数字转换处理。移动电话1100使用调制/解调电路单元1158对所接收的信号执行频谱逆扩展处理以恢复原始电子邮件数据。移动电话1100将所恢复的电子邮件数据经由LCD控制器1155而显示在液晶显示器1118上。Furthermore, for example, when receiving an email in digital communication mode, mobile phone 1100 receives a signal transmitted from a base station via antenna 1114 using transmission/reception circuit unit 1163, amplifies the signal, and further performs frequency conversion processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing. Mobile phone 1100 then performs spectrum despreading processing on the received signal using modulation/demodulation circuit unit 1158 to restore the original email data. Mobile phone 1100 displays the restored email data on liquid crystal display 1118 via LCD controller 1155.

另外,移动电话1100还能够使得所接收的电子邮件数据经由记录/再现单元1162被记录(存储)在存储单元1123中。In addition, the mobile phone 1100 can also cause received email data to be recorded (stored) in the storage unit 1123 via the recording/reproducing unit 1162 .

存储单元1123是任意可重写存储介质。例如,存储单元1123可以是半导体存储器(诸如RAM或内置闪速存储器)、硬盘或可移除介质(诸如磁盘、磁光盘、光盘、USB存储器或存储卡)。当然可以使用其他类型的介质。The storage unit 1123 is any rewritable storage medium. For example, the storage unit 1123 can be a semiconductor memory (such as RAM or built-in flash memory), a hard disk, or a removable medium (such as a magnetic disk, a magneto-optical disk, an optical disk, a USB memory, or a memory card). Of course, other types of media can be used.

此外,例如,当在数据通信模式中传送图像数据的情况下,移动电话1100通过使用CCD摄像装置1116进行图像捕获来生成图像数据。CCD摄像装置1116包括光学装置(诸如镜头和光阑)以及用作光电转换元件的CCD,捕获对象的图像,将所接收的光的强度转换为电信号,以及生成对象的图像的图像数据。CCD摄像装置1116使用图像编码器1153经由摄像装置I/F单元1154对图像数据进行编码,由此将图像数据转换为编码图像数据。Furthermore, for example, when transmitting image data in data communication mode, the mobile phone 1100 generates image data by capturing an image using the CCD camera 1116. The CCD camera 1116 includes an optical device (such as a lens and a diaphragm) and a CCD serving as a photoelectric conversion element, captures an image of a subject, converts the intensity of received light into an electrical signal, and generates image data of the subject's image. The CCD camera 1116 encodes the image data using the image encoder 1153 via the camera I/F unit 1154, thereby converting the image data into encoded image data.

移动电话1100包括用作执行上述处理的图像编码器1153的上述图像编码设备300。如同图像编码设备300的情况一样,图像编码器1153以小于LCU的CU为单位控制I_PCM模式的选择。即,图像编码器1153能够进一步减少用于编码的冗余处理,并且还能够进一步减少编码数据中所包括的冗余信息。因此,图像编码器1153能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。Mobile phone 1100 includes the aforementioned image encoding device 300, which functions as an image encoder 1153 that performs the aforementioned processing. As with image encoding device 300, image encoder 1153 controls the selection of the I_PCM mode in units of CUs (units of a CU) that are smaller than LCUs. In other words, image encoder 1153 can further reduce redundant processing for encoding and further reduce redundant information included in the encoded data. Consequently, image encoder 1153 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding process efficiency.

另外,同时,在由CCD摄像装置1116进行的图像捕获的期间,移动电话1100在音频编解码器1159中对由麦克风1121所收集的音频执行模拟-数字转换,并且还对其进行编码。In addition, at the same time, during image capture by the CCD camera 1116 , the mobile phone 1100 performs analog-to-digital conversion on the audio collected by the microphone 1121 in the audio codec 1159 , and also encodes it.

移动电话1100在复用器/解复用器单元1157中,使用特定方法对从图像编码器1153所供给的编码图像数据和从音频编解码器1159所供给的数字音频数据进行复用。移动电话1100使用调制/解调电路单元1158对作为结果所获得的复用数据执行频谱扩展处理,并且使用传送/接收电路单元1163执行数字-模拟转换处理和频率转换处理。移动电话1100将通过转换处理所获得的要传送的信号经由天线1114传送至基站(未示出)。被传送至基站的要传送的信号(图像数据)经由网络等被供给至通信的另一端。The mobile phone 1100 multiplexes the encoded image data supplied from the image encoder 1153 and the digital audio data supplied from the audio codec 1159 using a specific method in the multiplexer/demultiplexer unit 1157. The mobile phone 1100 performs spectrum spread processing on the resulting multiplexed data using the modulation/demodulation circuit unit 1158, and performs digital-to-analog conversion processing and frequency conversion processing using the transmission/reception circuit unit 1163. The mobile phone 1100 transmits the signal to be transmitted obtained through the conversion processing to a base station (not shown) via the antenna 1114. The signal to be transmitted (image data) transmitted to the base station is supplied to the other end of the communication via a network or the like.

注意在不传送图像数据的情况下,移动电话1100能够使得由CCD摄像装置1116所生成的图像数据经由LCD控制器1155而不是经由图像编码器1153被显示在液晶显示器1118上。Note that, without transmitting image data, the mobile phone 1100 can cause image data generated by the CCD camera 1116 to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 1118 via the LCD controller 1155 rather than via the image encoder 1153 .

另外,例如,当在数据通信模式中接收链接至简单网页等的运动图像文件的数据的情况下,移动电话1100使用传送/接收电路单元1163经由天线1114接收从基站所传送的信号,对信号进行放大,以及进一步在其上执行频率转换处理和模拟-数字转换处理。移动电话1100使用调制/解调电路单元1158对所接收的信号执行频谱逆扩展处理以恢复原始复用数据。移动电话1100使用复用器/解复用器单元1157将复用数据解复用为编码图像数据和音频数据。In addition, for example, when receiving data of a moving image file linked to a simple web page or the like in data communication mode, mobile phone 1100 uses transmission/reception circuit unit 1163 to receive the signal transmitted from the base station via antenna 1114, amplifies the signal, and further performs frequency conversion processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on it. Mobile phone 1100 uses modulation/demodulation circuit unit 1158 to perform spectrum despreading processing on the received signal to restore the original multiplexed data. Mobile phone 1100 uses multiplexer/demultiplexer unit 1157 to demultiplex the multiplexed data into encoded image data and audio data.

移动电话1100使用图像解码器1156对编码图像数据进行解码以生成再现运动图像数据,并且使得该数据经由LCD控制器1155而显示在液晶显示器1118上。因此,例如,在链接至简单网页的运动图像文件中所包括的运动图像数据被显示在液晶显示器1118上。The mobile phone 1100 decodes the encoded image data using the image decoder 1156 to generate reproduced moving image data, and causes the data to be displayed on the liquid crystal display 1118 via the LCD controller 1155. Thus, for example, moving image data included in a moving image file linked to a simple web page is displayed on the liquid crystal display 1118.

移动电话1100包括用作用于执行这样的处理的图像解码器1156的上述图像解码设备500。即,如同图像解码设备500的情况一样,图像解码器1156适当地对以小于LCU的CU为单位控制其I_PCM模式的选择的编码数据进行解码。因此,图像解码器1156能够实现减少用于编码的冗余处理并且减少编码数据中所包括的冗余信息。因此,图像解码器1156能够实现增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。Mobile phone 1100 includes the aforementioned image decoding device 500, which functions as an image decoder 1156 for performing such processing. Specifically, as with image decoding device 500, image decoder 1156 appropriately decodes coded data whose I_PCM mode selection is controlled in units of CUs (units smaller than LCUs). Consequently, image decoder 1156 can reduce redundant processing for encoding and reduce redundant information included in the coded data. Consequently, image decoder 1156 can enhance coding efficiency while suppressing reductions in coding process efficiency.

此时,移动电话1100使用音频编解码器1159将数字音频数据转换为模拟音频信号,并且使得信号从扬声器1117输出。因此,例如,再现在链接至简单网页的运动图像文件中所包括的音频数据。At this time, the mobile phone 1100 converts the digital audio data into an analog audio signal using the audio codec 1159, and causes the signal to be output from the speaker 1117. Thus, for example, audio data included in a moving image file linked to a simple web page is reproduced.

注意,如同电子邮件的情况一样,移动电话1100还能够使得所接收的链接至简单网页等的数据经由记录/再现单元1162被记录(存储)在存储单元1123中。Note that the mobile phone 1100 is also capable of causing received data linked to a simple web page or the like to be recorded (stored) in the storage unit 1123 via the recording/reproducing unit 1162 as in the case of electronic mail.

另外,移动电话1100能够使用主控制器1150对由CCD摄像装置1116通过图像捕获所获得的二维码进行分析,并且获得在二维码中所记录的信息。In addition, the mobile phone 1100 can analyze the two-dimensional code obtained by image capture by the CCD camera 1116 using the main controller 1150 and obtain information recorded in the two-dimensional code.

此外,移动电话1100能够使用红外通信单元1181通过红外线与外部设备进行通信。Furthermore, the mobile phone 1100 can communicate with external devices through infrared rays using the infrared communication unit 1181 .

通过包括用作图像编码器1153的图像编码设备300,例如,当对由CCD摄像装置1116所生成的图像数据进行编码和传送时,移动电话1100能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。By including the image encoding device 300 serving as the image encoder 1153 , the mobile phone 1100 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding process efficiency, for example, when encoding and transmitting image data generated by the CCD camera 1116 .

另外,通过包括用作图像解码器1156的图像解码设备500,在生成链接至简单网页等运动图像文件的数据(编码数据)时,移动电话1100能够实现增强的数据编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。In addition, by including the image decoding device 500 serving as the image decoder 1156, the mobile phone 1100 can achieve enhanced data encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency when generating data (encoded data) linked to a moving image file such as a simple web page.

注意,尽管以上描述了移动电话1100包括CCD摄像装置1116,但是使用CMOS(互补金属氧化物半导体)的图像传感器(CMOS图像传感器)可以被用来代替CCD摄像装置1116。在这种情况下,同样地,如同在使用CCD摄像装置1116的情况中一样,移动电话1100能够捕获对象的图像并且生成对象的图像的图像数据。Note that although the mobile phone 1100 is described above as including the CCD camera 1116, an image sensor using a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) (CMOS image sensor) may be used instead of the CCD camera 1116. In this case, as in the case of using the CCD camera 1116, the mobile phone 1100 can capture an image of a subject and generate image data of the image of the subject.

另外,尽管以上描述了移动电话1100,但是如同移动电话1100的情况一样,图像编码设备300和图像解码设备500可以被施加至具有与移动电话1100的这些功能类似的图像捕获功能和通信功能的任何设备(诸如PDA(个人数字助理)、智能电话、UMPC(超级移动个人计算机)、上网本或笔记本型个人计算机)。In addition, although the mobile phone 1100 is described above, as in the case of the mobile phone 1100, the image encoding device 300 and the image decoding device 500 can be applied to any device (such as a PDA (personal digital assistant), a smart phone, a UMPC (ultra mobile personal computer), a netbook, or a notebook personal computer) having an image capture function and a communication function similar to those of the mobile phone 1100.

<6.第六实施例><6. Sixth embodiment>

[硬盘记录器][Hard Disk Recorder]

图24是示出包括图像编码设备300和图像解码设备500的硬盘记录器的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 24 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a hard disk recorder including the image encoding device 300 and the image decoding device 500 .

图24中所示的硬盘记录器(HDD记录器)1200是如下设备:该设备将由卫星、地面上的天线等所传送的并且由调谐器所接收的广播波信号(电视信号)中所包括的广播节目的音频数据和视频数据存储在其中内置的硬盘中,并且将所存储的数据以对应于由用户所提供的指令的定时提供给用户。The hard disk recorder (HDD recorder) 1200 shown in Figure 24 is a device that stores audio data and video data of a broadcast program included in a broadcast wave signal (television signal) transmitted by a satellite, an antenna on the ground, etc. and received by a tuner in a built-in hard disk therein, and provides the stored data to the user at a timing corresponding to an instruction provided by the user.

例如,硬盘记录器1200能够从广播波信号提取音频数据和视频数据,适当地对其进行解码,以及使得其被存储在其中内置的硬盘中。另外,例如,硬盘记录器1200能够经由网络从另外的设备获得音频数据和视频数据,适当地对其进行解码,以及使得其被存储在其中内置的硬盘中。For example, the hard disk recorder 1200 can extract audio data and video data from a broadcast wave signal, appropriately decode it, and store it in a hard disk built therein. In addition, for example, the hard disk recorder 1200 can obtain audio data and video data from another device via a network, appropriately decode it, and store it in a hard disk built therein.

此外,例如,硬盘记录器1200能够对在其中内置的硬盘上所记录的音频数据和视频数据进行解码,将其供给至监视器1260,使得其图像被显示在监视器1260的屏幕上,以及使得其音频从监视器1260的扬声器输出。另外,例如硬盘记录器1200能够对从经由调谐器所获得的广播波信号中所提取的音频数据和视频数据或经由网络从另外的设备所获得的音频数据和视频数据进行解码,将其供给至监视器1260,使得其图像被显示在监视器1260的屏幕上,以及使得其音频从监视器1260的扬声器输出。Furthermore, for example, the hard disk recorder 1200 can decode audio data and video data recorded on a hard disk built therein, supply the data to the monitor 1260, display the image on the screen of the monitor 1260, and output the audio from the speaker of the monitor 1260. Furthermore, for example, the hard disk recorder 1200 can decode audio data and video data extracted from a broadcast wave signal obtained via a tuner or obtained from another device via a network, supply the data to the monitor 1260, display the image on the screen of the monitor 1260, and output the audio from the speaker of the monitor 1260.

当然,可以执行另外的操作。Of course, additional operations may be performed.

如图24中所示,硬盘记录器1200包括接收单元1221、解调单元1222、解复用器1223、音频解码器1224、视频解码器1225、以及记录器控制器1226。硬盘记录器1200还包括EPG数据存储器1227、程序存储器1228、工作存储器1229、显示转换器1230、OSD(屏幕显示)控制器1231、显示控制器1232、记录/再现单元1223、D/A转换器1234以及通信单元1235。24 , the hard disk recorder 1200 includes a receiving unit 1221, a demodulating unit 1222, a demultiplexer 1223, an audio decoder 1224, a video decoder 1225, and a recorder controller 1226. The hard disk recorder 1200 also includes an EPG data memory 1227, a program memory 1228, a work memory 1229, a display converter 1230, an OSD (On Screen Display) controller 1231, a display controller 1232, a recording/reproducing unit 1223, a D/A converter 1234, and a communication unit 1235.

另外,显示转换器1230包括视频编码器1241。记录/再现单元1233包括编码器1251和解码器1252。In addition, the display converter 1230 includes a video encoder 1241. The recording/reproducing unit 1233 includes an encoder 1251 and a decoder 1252.

接收单元1221从远程控制器(未示出)接收红外信号,将信号转换为电信号,以及将电信号输出至记录器控制器1226。例如,记录器控制器1226由麦克风等构成,并且依照程序存储器1228中所存储的程序执行各种处理操作。此时,如果需要,记录器控制器1226使用工作存储器1229。The receiving unit 1221 receives an infrared signal from a remote controller (not shown), converts the signal into an electric signal, and outputs the electric signal to the recorder controller 1226. For example, the recorder controller 1226 is composed of a microphone or the like, and performs various processing operations in accordance with a program stored in the program memory 1228. At this time, the recorder controller 1226 uses the work memory 1229 as necessary.

通信单元1235连接至网络,并且经由网络与另外的设备执行通信处理。例如,通信单元1235由记录器控制器1226所控制,与调谐器(未示出)进行通信,以及将频道选择控制信号主要输出至调谐器。The communication unit 1235 is connected to the network and performs communication processing with another device via the network. For example, the communication unit 1235 is controlled by the recorder controller 1226, communicates with a tuner (not shown), and outputs a channel selection control signal mainly to the tuner.

解调单元1222对从调谐器所供给的信号进行解调,并且将信号输出至解复用器1223。解复用器1223将从解调单元1222所供给的数据解复用为音频数据、视频数据以及EPG数据,并且将其分别地输出至音频解码器1224、视频解码器1225以及记录控制器1226。The demodulation unit 1222 demodulates the signal supplied from the tuner and outputs the signal to the demultiplexer 1223. The demultiplexer 1223 demultiplexes the data supplied from the demodulation unit 1222 into audio data, video data, and EPG data, and outputs them to the audio decoder 1224, the video decoder 1225, and the recording controller 1226, respectively.

音频解码器1224对输入至其的音频数据进行解码,并且将音频数据输出至记录/再现单元1223。视频解码器1225对输入至其的视频数据进行解码,并且将视频数据输出至显示转换器1230。记录器控制器1226将输入至其的EPG数据供给至EPG数据存储器1227以便将其存储在其中。The audio decoder 1224 decodes the audio data input thereto, and outputs the audio data to the recording/reproducing unit 1223. The video decoder 1225 decodes the video data input thereto, and outputs the video data to the display converter 1230. The recorder controller 1226 supplies the EPG data input thereto to the EPG data memory 1227 so as to store it therein.

显示转换器1230采用视频编码器124,将从视频解码器1225或记录器控制器1226所供给的视频数据编码为例如NTSC(国家电视标准委员会)格式的视频数据,并且将视频数据输出至记录/再现单元1223。另外,显示转换器1230将从视频解码器1225或记录器控制器1226所供给的视频数据的画面尺寸转换为与监视器1260的尺寸相对应的尺寸,采用视频编码器1241将视频数据转换为NTSC格式的视频数据,将视频数据转换为模拟信号,以及将模拟信号输出至显示控制器1232。The display converter 1230 encodes the video data supplied from the video decoder 1225 or the recorder controller 1226 into, for example, video data in the NTSC (National Television Standards Committee) format using the video encoder 124, and outputs the video data to the recording/reproducing unit 1223. In addition, the display converter 1230 converts the screen size of the video data supplied from the video decoder 1225 or the recorder controller 1226 into a size corresponding to the size of the monitor 1260, converts the video data into video data in the NTSC format using the video encoder 1241, converts the video data into an analog signal, and outputs the analog signal to the display controller 1232.

在由记录器控制器1226所执行的控制之下,显示控制器1232将从OSD(屏幕显示)控制器1231所输出的OSD信号叠加在从显示转换器1230所输入的视频信号上,将其输出至监视器1260的显示器,以及使得其被显示在监视器1260的显示器上。Under the control performed by the recorder controller 1226, the display controller 1232 superimposes the OSD signal output from the OSD (screen display) controller 1231 on the video signal input from the display converter 1230, outputs it to the display of the monitor 1260, and causes it to be displayed on the display of the monitor 1260.

另外,从音频解码器1224所输出的并且被D/A转换器1234转换为模拟信号的音频数据被供给至监视器1260。监视器1260将此音频信号从其中内置的扬声器输出。In addition, the audio data output from the audio decoder 1224 and converted into an analog signal by the D/A converter 1234 is supplied to the monitor 1260. The monitor 1260 outputs this audio signal from a speaker built therein.

记录/再现单元1233包括用于保存在其上所记录的视频数据、音频数据等的存储介质。The recording/reproducing unit 1233 includes a storage medium for storing video data, audio data, and the like recorded thereon.

例如,记录/再现单元1233采用编码器1251对从音频解码器1224所供给的音频数据进行编码。另外,记录/再现单元1233采用编码器1251对从显示转换器1230的视频编码器1241所供给的视频数据进行编码。记录/再现单元1233采用复用器对音频数据的编码数据和视频数据的编码数据进行组合。记录/再现单元1233对合成的数据执行信道编码以对其进行放大,并且将数据经由记录头写入硬盘。For example, the recording/reproducing unit 1233 encodes the audio data supplied from the audio decoder 1224 using the encoder 1251. Furthermore, the recording/reproducing unit 1233 encodes the video data supplied from the video encoder 1241 of the display converter 1230 using the encoder 1251. The recording/reproducing unit 1233 combines the coded audio data and the coded video data using a multiplexer. The recording/reproducing unit 1233 performs channel coding on the combined data to amplify it, and writes the data to the hard disk via a recording head.

记录/再现单元1233经由再现头对在硬盘上所记录的数据进行再现,对数据进行放大,以及使用解复用器将数据解复用为音频数据和视频数据。记录/再现单元1233采用解码器1252对音频数据和视频数据进行解码。记录/再现单元1233对解码音频数据进行D/A转换,并且将音频数据输出至监视器1260的扬声器。另外,记录/再现单元1233对解码视频数据进行D/A转换,并且将视频数据输出至监视器1260的显示器。The recording/reproducing unit 1233 reproduces the data recorded on the hard disk via a reproduction head, amplifies the data, and demultiplexes the data into audio data and video data using a demultiplexer. The recording/reproducing unit 1233 decodes the audio data and video data using a decoder 1252. The recording/reproducing unit 1233 performs D/A conversion on the decoded audio data and outputs the audio data to the speaker of the monitor 1260. In addition, the recording/reproducing unit 1233 performs D/A conversion on the decoded video data and outputs the video data to the display of the monitor 1260.

记录器控制器1226基于由从远程控制器所供给的并且经由接收单元1221所接收的红外信号所代表的用户指令,从EPG数据存储器1227读出最新的EPG数据,并且将EPG数据供给至OSD控制器1231。OSD控制器1231生成与所输入的EPG数据相对应的图像数据,并且将图像数据输出至显示控制器1232。显示控制器1232将从OSD控制器1231所输入的视频数据输出至监视器1260的显示器,并且使得视频数据被显示在监视器1260的显示器上。因此,EPG(电子节目指南)被显示在监视器1260的显示器上。The recorder controller 1226 reads out the latest EPG data from the EPG data memory 1227 based on a user instruction represented by an infrared signal supplied from the remote controller and received via the receiving unit 1221, and supplies the EPG data to the OSD controller 1231. The OSD controller 1231 generates image data corresponding to the input EPG data and outputs the image data to the display controller 1232. The display controller 1232 outputs the video data input from the OSD controller 1231 to the display of the monitor 1260, and causes the video data to be displayed on the display of the monitor 1260. Thus, an EPG (Electronic Program Guide) is displayed on the display of the monitor 1260.

另外,硬盘记录器1200能够经由网络(诸如因特网)获得从另外的设备所供给的各种数据(诸如视频数据、音频数据或EPG数据)。In addition, the hard disk recorder 1200 can obtain various data (such as video data, audio data, or EPG data) supplied from another device via a network (such as the Internet).

通信单元1235由记录器控制器1226所控制,经由网络获得从另外的设备所传送的视频数据、音频数据、EPG数据等的编码数据,并且将编码数据供给至记录器控制器1226。例如,记录器控制器1226将所获得的视频数据和音频数据的编码数据供给至记录/再现单元1233,并且使得硬盘存储编码数据。此时,如果需要,记录器控制器1226和记录/再现单元1233可以执行处理(诸如,再次编码)。The communication unit 1235 is controlled by the recorder controller 1226, obtains encoded data such as video data, audio data, and EPG data transmitted from another device via the network, and supplies the encoded data to the recorder controller 1226. For example, the recorder controller 1226 supplies the obtained encoded data of the video data and audio data to the recording/reproducing unit 1233 and causes the hard disk to store the encoded data. At this time, the recorder controller 1226 and the recording/reproducing unit 1233 may perform processing (such as re-encoding) as needed.

另外,记录器控制器1226对所获得的视频数据和音频数据的编码数据进行解码,并且将所获得的视频数据供给至显示转换器1230。类似于从视频解码器1225所供给的视频数据,显示转换器1230对从记录器控制器1226所供给的视频数据进行处理,将视频数据经由显示控制器1232供给至监视器1260,以及使得其图像被显示在监视器1260上。In addition, the recorder controller 1226 decodes the obtained encoded data of the video data and audio data, and supplies the obtained video data to the display converter 1230. Similar to the video data supplied from the video decoder 1225, the display converter 1230 processes the video data supplied from the recorder controller 1226, supplies the video data to the monitor 1260 via the display controller 1232, and causes its image to be displayed on the monitor 1260.

另外,依照图像的显示,记录器控制器1226可以将解码音频数据经由D/A转换器1234供给至监视器1260,并且使得音频从扬声器输出。In addition, in accordance with the display of the image, the recorder controller 1226 can supply the decoded audio data to the monitor 1260 via the D/A converter 1234 and cause audio to be output from the speaker.

此外,记录器控制器1226对所获得EPG数据的编码数据进行解码,并且将解码EPG数据供给至EPG数据存储器1227。Furthermore, the recorder controller 1226 decodes the encoded data of the obtained EPG data, and supplies the decoded EPG data to the EPG data memory 1227 .

如上所述的硬盘记录器1200包括用作视频解码器1225、解码器1252以及记录器控制器1226中所包括的解码器的图像解码设备500。即,如同图像解码设备500的情况一样,视频解码器1225、解码器1252以及记录器控制器1226中所包括的解码器对以小于LCU的CU为单位控制其I_PCM模式的选择的编码数据适当地进行解码。因此,视频解码器1225、解码器1252以及记录器控制器1226中所包括的解码器能够实现减少用于编码的冗余处理和减少编码数据中所包括的冗余信息。因此,视频解码器1225、解码器1252以及记录器控制器1226中所包括的解码器能够实现增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。The hard disk recorder 1200 described above includes the image decoding device 500 serving as a decoder included in the video decoder 1225, the decoder 1252, and the recorder controller 1226. That is, as in the case of the image decoding device 500, the video decoder 1225, the decoder 1252, and the decoder included in the recorder controller 1226 appropriately decode the coded data whose I_PCM mode selection is controlled in units of CUs smaller than LCUs. Therefore, the video decoder 1225, the decoder 1252, and the decoder included in the recorder controller 1226 can achieve a reduction in redundant processing for encoding and a reduction in redundant information included in the coded data. Therefore, the video decoder 1225, the decoder 1252, and the decoder included in the recorder controller 1226 can achieve enhanced coding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in coding process efficiency.

因此,当生成由调谐器或通信单元1235所接收的视频数据(编码数据)或由记录/再现单元1233所再现的视频数据(编码数据)时,硬盘记录器1200能够实现增强的数据编码效率而同时抑制编码效率的降低。Therefore, when generating video data (encoded data) received by the tuner or communication unit 1235 or video data (encoded data) reproduced by the recording/reproducing unit 1233, the hard disk recorder 1200 is able to achieve enhanced data encoding efficiency while suppressing a reduction in encoding efficiency.

另外,硬盘记录器1200包括用作编码器1251的图像编码设备300。因此,如同图像编码设备300的情况一样,编码器1251以小于LCU的CU为单位控制I_PCM模式的选择。即,编码器1251能够进一步减少用于编码的冗余处理,并且还能够减少编码数据中所包括的冗余信息。因此编码器1251能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。In addition, the hard disk recorder 1200 includes the image encoding device 300 serving as an encoder 1251. Therefore, as in the case of the image encoding device 300, the encoder 1251 controls the selection of the I_PCM mode in units of CUs (units of a CU) that are smaller than LCUs. That is, the encoder 1251 can further reduce redundant processing for encoding and also reduce redundant information included in the encoded data. Therefore, the encoder 1251 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding process efficiency.

因此,例如当生成要被记录在硬盘上的编码数据时,硬盘记录器1200能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。Therefore, when generating encoded data to be recorded on a hard disk, for example, the hard disk recorder 1200 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

注意,尽管以上描述了将视频数据和音频数据记录在硬盘上的硬盘记录器1200,但是当然可以使用任何类型的记录介质。例如,如同上述的硬盘记录器1200的情况一样,图像编码设备300和图像解码设备500可以被施加至使用除了硬盘之外的记录介质(例如,闪速存储器、光盘、或视频磁带)的记录器。Note that although the above description describes the hard disk recorder 1200 that records video data and audio data on a hard disk, any type of recording medium can be used. For example, as in the case of the hard disk recorder 1200 described above, the image encoding device 300 and the image decoding device 500 can be applied to a recorder that uses a recording medium other than a hard disk (e.g., a flash memory, an optical disk, or a video tape).

<7.第七实施例><7. Seventh embodiment>

[摄像装置][Camera]

图25是示出包括图像编码设备300和图像解码设备500的摄像装置的主要示例配置的框图。FIG. 25 is a block diagram showing a main example configuration of a camera including the image encoding device 300 and the image decoding device 500 .

图25中所示的摄像装置1300捕获对象的图像,使得LCD 1316显示对象的图像,以及将其作为图像数据记录在记录介质1333上。The camera 1300 shown in FIG. 25 captures an image of a subject, causes an LCD 1316 to display the image of the subject, and records it on a recording medium 1333 as image data.

透镜块1311使得光(即,对象的图像)进入CCD/CMOS 1312。CCD/CMOS 1312是包括CCD或CMOS的图像传感器,将所接收的光的强度转换为电信号,以及将电信号供给至摄像装置信号处理器1313。The lens block 1311 allows light (ie, an image of a subject) to enter the CCD/CMOS 1312 . The CCD/CMOS 1312 is an image sensor including a CCD or a CMOS, converts the intensity of received light into an electric signal, and supplies the electric signal to the camera signal processor 1313 .

摄像装置信号处理器1313将从CCD/CMOS 1312所供给的电信号转换为色差信号Y、Cr以及Cb,并且将色差信号供给至图像信号处理器1314。图像信号处理器1314在由控制器1321执行的控制下,对从摄像装置信号处理器1313所供给的图像信号执行特定图像处理,并且采用编码器1341对图像信号进行编码。图像信号处理器1314将通过对图像信号进行编码所生成的编码数据供给至解码器1315。此外,图像信号处理器1314获得由屏幕显示(OSD)1320所生成的要显示的数据,并且将该数据供给至解码器1315。The camera signal processor 1313 converts the electrical signal supplied from the CCD/CMOS 1312 into color difference signals Y, Cr, and Cb, and supplies the color difference signals to the image signal processor 1314. Under the control of the controller 1321, the image signal processor 1314 performs specific image processing on the image signal supplied from the camera signal processor 1313, and encodes the image signal using the encoder 1341. The image signal processor 1314 supplies the encoded data generated by encoding the image signal to the decoder 1315. Furthermore, the image signal processor 1314 obtains data to be displayed generated by the on-screen display (OSD) 1320, and supplies the data to the decoder 1315.

在前面的处理中,摄像装置信号处理器1313适当地使用经由总线1317所连接的DRAM(动态随机存取存储器),并且如果需要使得DRAM1318保存图像数据、通过对图像数据进行编码所获得的编码数据。In the foregoing processing, the camera signal processor 1313 appropriately uses a DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory) connected via the bus 1317 and causes the DRAM 1318 to store image data, encoded data obtained by encoding the image data, if necessary.

解码器1315对从图像信号处理器1314所供给的编码数据进行解码,并且将由此所获得的图像数据(解码图像数据)供给至LCD 1316。另外,解码器1315将从图像信号处理器1314所供给的要显示的数据供给至LCD 1316。LCD 1316对从解码器1315所供给的解码图像数据的图像和要显示的数据的图像适当地进行组合,并且显示合成的图像。The decoder 1315 decodes the encoded data supplied from the image signal processor 1314, and supplies image data (decoded image data) obtained thereby to the LCD 1316. In addition, the decoder 1315 supplies the data to be displayed supplied from the image signal processor 1314 to the LCD 1316. The LCD 1316 appropriately combines the image of the decoded image data supplied from the decoder 1315 and the image of the data to be displayed, and displays the synthesized image.

在由控制器1321所执行的控制之下,屏幕显示1320将要显示的数据(诸如,由符号、字符或图片所构成的菜单屏幕以及图标)经由总线1317输出至图像信号处理器1314。Under control performed by the controller 1321 , the screen display 1320 outputs data to be displayed, such as a menu screen and icons composed of symbols, characters, or pictures, to the image signal processor 1314 via the bus 1317 .

控制器1321基于代表用户使用操作单元1322所提供的指令的详情的信号来执行各种处理操作,并且经由总线1317控制图像信号处理器1314、DRAM 1318、外部接口1319、屏幕显示1320、介质驱动器1323等。控制器1321执行各种处理操作所需要的程序、数据等被存储在闪速ROM1324中。The controller 1321 performs various processing operations based on a signal representing details of an instruction provided by a user using the operation unit 1322, and controls the image signal processor 1314, the DRAM 1318, the external interface 1319, the screen display 1320, the media drive 1323, and the like via the bus 1317. Programs, data, and the like required for the controller 1321 to perform various processing operations are stored in the flash ROM 1324.

例如,控制器1321能够代表图像信号处理器1314或解码器1315对DRAM 1318中所存储的图像数据进行编码,并且对DRAM 1318中所存储的编码数据进行解码。此时,控制器1321可以使用与图像信号处理器1314或解码器1315的编码/解码格式类似的格式来执行编码/解码处理,或可以使用与图像信号处理器1314或解码器1315不兼容的格式来执行编码/解码处理。For example, the controller 1321 can encode the image data stored in the DRAM 1318 on behalf of the image signal processor 1314 or the decoder 1315, and can decode the encoded data stored in the DRAM 1318. In this case, the controller 1321 can perform encoding/decoding processing using a format similar to that of the image signal processor 1314 or the decoder 1315, or can perform encoding/decoding processing using a format incompatible with the image signal processor 1314 or the decoder 1315.

另外,例如,当在操作单元1322提供了开始打印图像的指令的情况下,控制器1321从DRAM 1318读出图像数据,并且将其经由总线1317供给至连接至外部接口1319的打印机1334以将其打印。In addition, for example, when an instruction to start printing an image is provided by the operation unit 1322, the controller 1321 reads out image data from the DRAM 1318 and supplies it to the printer 1334 connected to the external interface 1319 via the bus 1317 to print it.

此外,例如,当在操作单元1322提供了记录图像的指令的情况下,控制器1321从DRAM 1318读出编码数据,并且将其经由总线1317供给至载入到介质驱动器1323的记录介质1333以对其进行存储。Furthermore, for example, when an instruction to record an image is provided by the operation unit 1322 , the controller 1321 reads out the encoded data from the DRAM 1318 and supplies it to the recording medium 1333 loaded to the media drive 1323 via the bus 1317 to store it.

例如,记录介质1333是任意可读和可写的可移除介质(诸如磁盘、磁光盘、光盘或半导体存储器)。当然,记录介质1333可以是任何类型的可移除介质,并且可以是磁带装置、盘、或存储卡。当然,记录介质1333可以是非接触式IC卡等。For example, the recording medium 1333 is any readable and writable removable medium (such as a magnetic disk, a magneto-optical disk, an optical disk, or a semiconductor memory). Of course, the recording medium 1333 can be any type of removable medium and can be a magnetic tape device, a disk, or a memory card. Of course, the recording medium 1333 can be a contactless IC card, etc.

另外,介质驱动器1323和记录介质1333可以被集成在一起,并且例如可以由非便携式存储介质(诸如内置硬盘驱动器或SSD(固态驱动器))构成。In addition, the media drive 1323 and the recording medium 1333 may be integrated together, and may be configured of a non-portable storage medium such as a built-in hard disk drive or an SSD (Solid State Drive), for example.

例如,外部接口1319由USB输入/输出端子等构成,并且在打印图像的情况下连接至打印机1334。另外,如果需要,驱动器1331连接至外部接口1319,可移除介质1332(诸如,磁盘、光盘或磁光盘)适当地被载入其中,并且如果需要,从其中所读出的计算机程序被安装到闪速ROM1324中。For example, the external interface 1319 is composed of a USB input/output terminal or the like, and in the case of printing an image, is connected to a printer 1334. In addition, if necessary, a drive 1331 is connected to the external interface 1319, a removable medium 1332 (such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, or a magneto-optical disk) is appropriately loaded therein, and if necessary, a computer program read therefrom is installed in the flash ROM 1324.

此外,外部接口1319包括连接到特定网络(诸如LAN或因特网)的网络接口。例如,依照从操作单元1322所提供的指令,控制器1321能够从DRAM 1318读出编码数据并且将其从外部接口1319供给至经由网络所连接的另外的设备。另外,控制器1321能够经由外部接口1319获得从另外的设备经由网络所供给的编码数据或图像数据,并且使得DRAM1318保存其或将其供给至图像信号处理器1314。Furthermore, the external interface 1319 includes a network interface for connecting to a specific network (such as a LAN or the Internet). For example, in accordance with an instruction provided by the operation unit 1322, the controller 1321 can read out coded data from the DRAM 1318 and supply it from the external interface 1319 to another device connected via the network. Furthermore, the controller 1321 can obtain coded data or image data supplied from another device via the network via the external interface 1319 and cause the DRAM 1318 to store the data or supply it to the image signal processor 1314.

如上所述的摄像装置1300包括用作解码器1315的图像解码设备500。即,如同在图像解码设备500的情况下一样,解码器1315适当地对以小于LCU的CU为单位控制其I_PCM模式的选择的编码数据进行解码。因此,解码器1315能够实现减少用于编码的冗余处理,并且减少编码数据中所包括的冗余信息。因此,解码器1315能实现增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。The camera 1300 described above includes the image decoding device 500 serving as the decoder 1315. That is, as in the case of the image decoding device 500, the decoder 1315 appropriately decodes the coded data whose I_PCM mode selection is controlled in units of CUs smaller than LCUs. Therefore, the decoder 1315 can reduce redundant processing for encoding and reduce redundant information included in the coded data. Therefore, the decoder 1315 can achieve enhanced coding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in coding process efficiency.

因此,例如,当生成由CCD/CMOS 1312所生成的图像数据、从DRAM 1318或记录介质1333所读出的视频数据的编码数据或经由网络所获得的视频数据的编码数据时,摄像装置1300能够实现增强的数据编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的下降。Therefore, for example, when generating image data generated by the CCD/CMOS 1312, encoded data of video data read out from the DRAM 1318 or the recording medium 1333, or encoded data of video data obtained via a network, the camera device 1300 is able to achieve enhanced data encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

另外,摄像装置1300包括用作编码器1341的图像编码设备300。如同图像编码设备300的情况一样,编码器1341控制以小于LCU的CU为单位对I_PCM模式的选择。即,编码器1341能够进一步减少用于编码的冗余处理,并且还能够进一步减少编码数据中所包括的冗余信息。因此,编码器1341能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。In addition, the camera 1300 includes the image encoding device 300 serving as an encoder 1341. As with the image encoding device 300, the encoder 1341 controls the selection of the I_PCM mode in units of CUs (units of a CU) that are smaller than LCUs. That is, the encoder 1341 can further reduce redundant processing for encoding and further reduce redundant information included in the encoded data. Therefore, the encoder 1341 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding process efficiency.

因此,例如,当生成要记录在DRAM 1318或记录介质1333上的编码数据或要被提供至另外的设备的编码数据时,摄像装置1300能够增强编码效率而同时抑制编码处理效率的降低。Therefore, for example, when generating encoded data to be recorded on the DRAM 1318 or the recording medium 1333 or encoded data to be provided to another device, the camera 1300 can enhance encoding efficiency while suppressing a decrease in encoding processing efficiency.

另外,图像解码设备500的解码方法可以被施加至由控制器1321所执行的解码处理。同样地,图像编码设备300的编码方法可以被施加至由控制器1321所执行的编码处理。In addition, the decoding method of the image decoding device 500 can be applied to the decoding process performed by the controller 1321. Likewise, the encoding method of the image encoding device 300 can be applied to the encoding process performed by the controller 1321.

另外,由摄像装置1300所捕获的图像数据可以是运动图像或静态图像。In addition, the image data captured by the camera 1300 may be a moving image or a still image.

当然,图像编码设备300和图像解码设备500可以被施加至除了上述设备之外的设备或系统。Of course, the image encoding apparatus 300 and the image decoding apparatus 500 can be applied to apparatuses or systems other than the above-described apparatuses.

本技术可以被施加至下述图像编码设备和图像解码设备:例如,如同在MPEG、H.26x等中一样,该图像编码设备和图像解码设备被用于经由网络介质(诸如卫星广播、有线电视、因特网或移动电话)接收通过正交变换(诸如离散余弦变换)和通过运动补偿所压缩的图像信息(比特流),或被用于对存储介质(诸如光盘或磁盘,或闪速存储器)上的图像信息进行处理。The present technology can be applied to the following image encoding devices and image decoding devices: for example, as in MPEG, H.26x, etc., the image encoding devices and image decoding devices are used to receive image information (bit stream) compressed by orthogonal transform (such as discrete cosine transform) and motion compensation via a network medium (such as satellite broadcasting, cable TV, the Internet or mobile phone), or are used to process image information on a storage medium (such as an optical disc or magnetic disk, or a flash memory).

另外,本技术还可以提供下面的配置。Additionally, the present technology may also provide the following configurations.

(1).一种图像处理设备,包括:(1) An image processing device comprising:

编码模式设置器,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,设置是否要选择非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,所述非压缩模式是所述图像数据作为编码数据而被输出的编码模式;以及an encoding mode setter that sets, in units of encoding units having a hierarchical structure, whether a non-compression mode is to be selected as an encoding mode for encoding image data, the non-compression mode being an encoding mode in which the image data is output as encoded data; and

编码器,依照由所述编码模式设置器所设置的模式、以所述编码单位为单位对所述图像数据进行编码。An encoder encodes the image data in units of the encoding units according to the mode set by the encoding mode setter.

(2).根据(1)所述的图像处理设备,还包括:(2) The image processing device according to (1), further comprising:

移位处理控制器,对由所述编码模式设置器设置了所述非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过移位处理,在所述移位处理中增加用于编码或解码的位精度;以及a shift processing controller that performs control to skip a shift processing in which bit accuracy for encoding or decoding is increased, on a coding unit for which the non-compression mode is set by the coding mode setter; and

移位处理器,对所述图像数据的编码单位执行所述移位处理,所述编码单位由所述移位处理控制器所控制以便经历所述移位处理。A shift processor performs the shift process on a coding unit of the image data, the coding unit being controlled by the shift process controller so as to be subjected to the shift process.

(3).根据(1)或(2)所述的图像处理设备,还包括:(3) The image processing apparatus according to (1) or (2), further comprising:

滤波器处理控制器,对由所述编码模式设置器设置了所述非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过滤波器处理,在所述滤波器处理中对本地解码图像执行滤波;a filter processing controller that performs control to skip a filter processing in which filtering is performed on a local decoded image, for a coding unit for which the non-compression mode is set by the coding mode setter;

滤波器系数计算器,通过使用与由所述滤波器处理控制器控制以便经历所述滤波器处理的编码单位相对应的图像数据来计算用于所述滤波器处理的滤波器系数;以及a filter coefficient calculator that calculates a filter coefficient for the filter process by using image data corresponding to a coding unit controlled by the filter process controller so as to be subjected to the filter process; and

滤波器处理器,通过使用由所述滤波器系数计算器所计算的所述滤波器系数来以块为单位执行所述滤波器处理,所述块是所述滤波器处理的单位。A filter processor performs the filter processing in units of blocks, which are units of the filter processing, by using the filter coefficients calculated by the filter coefficient calculator.

(4).根据(3)所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述滤波器处理器仅对由所述滤波器处理控制器控制以便经历所述滤波器处理的像素执行所述滤波器处理,所述像素包括在作为要处理的目标的当前块中。(4) The image processing apparatus according to (3), wherein the filter processor performs the filter processing only on pixels controlled by the filter processing controller to undergo the filter processing, the pixels being included in a current block that is a target to be processed.

(5).根据(3)或(4)所述的图像处理设备,还包括:(5) The image processing apparatus according to (3) or (4), further comprising:

滤波器标识信息生成器,以所述块为单位生成滤波器标识信息,所述滤波器标识信息是指示是否要执行所述滤波器处理的标志信息。A filter identification information generator generates filter identification information in units of the block, the filter identification information being flag information indicating whether the filter process is to be performed.

(6).根据(3)至(5)中任一项所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述滤波器处理器对所述本地解码图像执行自适应环路滤波,所述自适应环路滤波是使用分类处理的自适应滤波器处理。(6) The image processing apparatus according to any one of (3) to (5), wherein the filter processor performs adaptive loop filtering on the local decoded image, the adaptive loop filtering being an adaptive filter process using a classification process.

(7).根据(1)至(6)中任一项所述的图像处理设备,其中,在通过对与作为编码处理的目标的当前编码单位相对应的所述图像数据进行编码所获得的编码数据的编码量小于或等于作为与所述当前编码单位相对应的所述图像数据的数据量的输入数据量的情况下,所述编码模式设置器将所述当前编码单位的编码模式设置为所述非压缩模式。(7). An image processing device according to any one of (1) to (6), wherein, when the amount of encoded data obtained by encoding the image data corresponding to the current encoding unit as the target of encoding processing is less than or equal to the input data amount as the data amount of the image data corresponding to the current encoding unit, the encoding mode setter sets the encoding mode of the current encoding unit to the non-compression mode.

(8).根据(7)所述的图像处理设备,还包括:(8) The image processing device according to (7), further comprising:

输入数据量计算器,计算所述输入数据量,An input data amount calculator for calculating the input data amount.

其中,所述编码模式设置器关于所述当前编码单位,将由所述输入数据量计算器所计算的所述输入数据量与所述编码量进行比较。The encoding mode setter compares the input data amount calculated by the input data amount calculator with the encoding amount with respect to the current encoding unit.

(9).根据(1)至(8)中任一项所述的图像处理设备,还包括:(9) The image processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (8), further comprising:

标识信息生成器,以所述编码单位为单位生成标识信息,所述标识信息指示所述编码模式设置器是否设置了所述非压缩模式。An identification information generator generates identification information in units of the coding unit, wherein the identification information indicates whether the coding mode setter sets the non-compression mode.

(10).一种用于图像处理设备的图像处理方法,包括:(10) An image processing method for an image processing device, comprising:

采用编码模式设置器,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,设置是否要选择非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,所述非压缩模式是所述图像数据作为编码数据而被输出的编码模式;以及using a coding mode setter to set, in units of coding units having a hierarchical structure, whether a non-compression mode is to be selected as a coding mode for encoding image data, the non-compression mode being a coding mode in which the image data is output as coded data; and

采用编码器,依照所设置的模式以所述编码单位为单位对所述图像数据进行编码。The image data is encoded using the encoding unit according to the set mode.

(11).一种图像处理设备,包括:(11) An image processing device comprising:

编码模式确定器,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,确定非压缩模式是否被选择作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,所述非压缩模式是所述图像数据作为编码数据而被输出的编码模式;以及an encoding mode determiner that determines, in units of encoding units having a hierarchical structure, whether a non-compression mode is selected as an encoding mode for encoding image data, the non-compression mode being an encoding mode in which the image data is output as encoded data; and

解码器,依照由所述编码模式确定器所确定的模式、以所述编码单位为单位对所述编码数据进行解码。A decoder decodes the encoded data in units of the encoding units according to the mode determined by the encoding mode determiner.

(12).根据(11)所述的图像处理设备,还包括:(12) The image processing apparatus according to (11), further comprising:

移位处理控制器,对由所述编码模式确定器确定为选择了所述非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过移位处理,在所述移位处理中增加用于编码或解码的位精度;以及a shift processing controller that performs control to skip a shift processing in which bit accuracy for encoding or decoding is increased, on a coding unit determined by the coding mode determiner to have selected the non-compression mode; and

移位处理器,对所述图像数据的编码单位执行所述移位处理,所述编码单位由所述移位处理控制器所控制以便经历所述移位处理。A shift processor performs the shift process on a coding unit of the image data, the coding unit being controlled by the shift process controller so as to be subjected to the shift process.

(13).根据(11)或(12)所述的图像处理设备,还包括:(13) The image processing apparatus according to (11) or (12), further comprising:

滤波器处理控制器,对由所述编码模式确定器确定为选择了所述非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过滤波器处理,在所述滤波器处理中对本地解码图像执行滤波;以及a filter processing controller that performs control to skip a filter process in which filtering is performed on a local decoded image, for a coding unit determined by the encoding mode determiner to have selected the non-compression mode; and

滤波器处理器,以块为单位对所述图像数据执行所述滤波器处理,所述块是所述滤波器处理的单位,a filter processor that performs the filter processing on the image data in units of blocks, the blocks being the units of the filter processing,

其中,所述滤波器处理器仅对由所述滤波器处理控制器控制以便经历所述滤波器处理的像素执行所述滤波器处理,所述像素包括在作为要处理的目标的当前块中。Here, the filter processor performs the filter process only on pixels controlled by the filter process controller to be subjected to the filter process, the pixels being included in a current block that is a target to be processed.

(14).根据(13)所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述滤波器处理器对所述本地解码图像执行自适应环路滤波,所述自适应环路滤波是使用分类处理的自适应滤波器处理。(14) The image processing apparatus according to (13), wherein the filter processor performs adaptive loop filtering on the local decoded image, the adaptive loop filtering being an adaptive filter process using a classification process.

(15).根据(13)或(14)所述的图像处理设备,其中,在指示是否执行了所述滤波器处理的滤波器标识信息指示对与作为要处理的目标的所述当前块相对应的图像数据执行了所述滤波器处理的情况下,仅当由所述滤波器处理控制器执行控制以便对所述当前块中所包括的所有像素执行所述滤波器处理时,所述滤波器处理器执行所述滤波器处理。(15). An image processing device according to (13) or (14), wherein, in a case where the filter identification information indicating whether the filter processing has been performed indicates that the filter processing has been performed on the image data corresponding to the current block as a target to be processed, the filter processor performs the filter processing only when control is performed by the filter processing controller so as to perform the filter processing on all pixels included in the current block.

(16).根据(11)至(15)中任一项所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述编码模式确定器基于指示是否以编码单位为单位选择了所述非压缩模式的标识信息来确定是否选择了所述非压缩模式。(16) The image processing device according to any one of (11) to (15), wherein the encoding mode determiner determines whether the non-compression mode is selected based on identification information indicating whether the non-compression mode is selected in units of encoding units.

(17).一种用于图像处理设备的图像处理方法,包括:(17) An image processing method for an image processing device, comprising:

采用编码模式确定器,以具有层级结构的编码单位为单位,确定是否选择了非压缩模式作为用于对图像数据进行编码的编码模式,所述非压缩模式是所述图像数据作为编码数据而被输出的编码模式;以及determining, using a coding mode determiner, whether a non-compression mode is selected as a coding mode for encoding image data in units of coding units having a hierarchical structure, the non-compression mode being a coding mode in which the image data is output as coded data; and

采用解码器,依照所确定的模式以所述编码单位为单位对所述编码数据进行解码。The coded data is decoded using the coding unit according to the determined mode using a decoder.

300 图像编码设备300 Image Coding Device

303 自适应向左移位单元303 Adaptive left shift unit

307 无损编码器307 Lossless Encoder

312 环路滤波器312 Loop Filter

313 自适应向右移位单元313 Adaptive right shift unit

315 自适应向左移位单元315 Adaptive left shift unit

320 码率控制器320 bitrate controller

321 PCM编码器321 PCM encoder

331 NAL编码器331 NAL encoder

332 CU编码器332 CU encoder

341 I_PCM_flag生成器341 I_PCM_flag generator

342 PCM决定单元342 PCM decision unit

351 去块滤波器351 Deblocking Filter

352 像素分类单元352 pixel classification units

353 滤波器系数计算器353 Filter Coefficient Calculator

354 滤波单元354 filter unit

361 输入数据量计算器361 Input Data Calculator

362 PCM确定单元362 PCM determination unit

363 编码控制器363 Encoding Controller

364 自适应移位控制器364 Adaptive Shift Controller

365 滤波器控制器365 filter controller

500 图像解码设备500 Image Decoding Device

502 无损解码器502 lossless decoder

507 自适应向右移位单元507 Adaptive right shift unit

511 自适应向左移位单元511 Adaptive left shift unit

516 PCM解码器516 PCM decoder

531 NAL解码器531 NAL decoder

532 CU解码器532 CU decoder

541 I_PCM_flag缓冲器541 I_PCM_flag buffer

542 PCM控制器542 PCM controller

551 去块滤波器551 Deblocking Filter

552 像素分类单元552 pixel classification units

553 滤波单元553 filter unit

Claims (28)

1.一种图像处理设备,包括:1. An image processing apparatus, comprising: 处理设备和存储器,所述存储器具有存储于其上的程序,所述程序包括指令,所述指令在由所述处理设备执行时,使所述处理设备:A processing device and a memory, the memory having a program stored thereon, the program including instructions that, when executed by the processing device, cause the processing device to: 以通过对最大编码单位进行递归分割而得到的编码单位为单位,对被设置为非压缩模式的编码单位的编码数据进行解码,以生成图像数据,所述非压缩模式是将图像数据作为编码数据的编码模式;以及Using the encoded data obtained by recursively segmenting the largest encoded unit as the unit, the encoded data of the encoded unit set to uncompressed mode is decoded to generate image data, wherein the uncompressed mode is an encoding mode that uses image data as encoded data; and 对以所述非压缩模式设置的编码单位执行控制,以跳过对所述图像数据在去块滤波器处理之后执行的滤波器处理。Control is applied to the encoding units set in the uncompressed mode to skip the filter processing performed on the image data after the deblocking filter processing. 2.根据权利要求1所述的图像处理设备,还包括指令,该指令使所述处理设备:2. The image processing apparatus according to claim 1, further comprising instructions that cause the processing apparatus to: 对所述图像数据执行所述去块滤波器处理,以及The deblocking filter process is performed on the image data, and 对执行了所述去块滤波器处理的图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data that has undergone the deblocking filter processing. 3.根据权利要求2所述的图像处理设备,其中,3. The image processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein, 所述滤波器处理是使用了维纳滤波器的自适应环路滤波器处理。The filter processing described is an adaptive loop filter processing that uses a Wiener filter. 4.根据权利要求2所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述指令使所述处理设备:4. The image processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the instruction causes the processing apparatus to: 使用标识是否要执行所述滤波器处理的滤波器标识信息来对所述图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data using filter identification information that indicates whether the filter processing should be performed. 5.根据权利要求4所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述指令使所述处理设备:5. The image processing apparatus according to claim 4, wherein the instruction causes the processing apparatus to: 从所述编码数据获取所述标识信息,The identification information is obtained from the encoded data. 使用由所述解码器获取的所述标识信息,对所述图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data using the identification information obtained by the decoder. 6.根据权利要求2所述的图像处理设备,其中,6. The image processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein, 使用标识所述去块滤波器处理和所述滤波器处理是否作为环路滤波器处理来执行的环路滤波器标识信息,对所述图像数据执行所述去块滤波器处理和所述滤波器处理。The deblocking filter process and the filter process are performed on the image data using loop filter identification information that identifies whether the deblocking filter process and the filter process are performed as loop filter processes. 7.根据权利要求6所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述指令使所述处理设备:7. The image processing apparatus according to claim 6, wherein the instruction causes the processing apparatus to: 从所述编码数据获取所述标识信息,The identification information is obtained from the encoded data. 使用由所述解码器获取的环路滤波器标识信息对所述图像数据执行所述去块滤波器处理,以及The deblocking filter process is performed on the image data using the loop filter identification information obtained by the decoder, and 对执行了去块滤波器处理的图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data that has undergone deblocking filter processing. 8.根据权利要求1所述的图像处理设备,还包括指令,该指令使所述处理设备:8. The image processing apparatus according to claim 1, further comprising instructions that cause the processing apparatus to: 以所述编码单位为单位,针对每个所述单位确定所述非压缩模式是否被选择,Using the encoding unit as the unit, determine whether the uncompressed mode is selected for each unit. 其中,对选择了所述非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过所述滤波器处理。Specifically, control is applied to the encoding unit that has selected the uncompressed mode to skip the filter processing. 9.根据权利要求1所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述指令使所述处理设备:9. The image processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the instruction causes the processing apparatus to: 基于指示是否以所述编码单位为单位选择了所述非压缩模式的编码模式标识信息来确定是否选择了所述非压缩模式。Whether the uncompressed mode has been selected is determined based on the encoding mode identifier information indicating whether the uncompressed mode has been selected in units of the encoding unit. 10.根据权利要求2所述的图像处理设备,其中,所述指令使所述处理设备:10. The image processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the instructions cause the processing apparatus to: 使用标识在由多个编码单位所构成的块中存在选择了所述非压缩模式的编码单位的标识信息,对所述图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data by using identifier information indicating that the uncompressed mode of the encoding unit exists in a block consisting of multiple encoding units. 11.根据权利要求10所述的图像处理设备,其中,11. The image processing apparatus according to claim 10, wherein, 由所述多个编码单位所构成的块是作为最大尺寸的编码单位的最大编码单位LCU。The block composed of the multiple coding units is the largest coding unit (LCU) with the largest size. 12.根据权利要求11所述的图像处理设备,其中,12. The image processing apparatus according to claim 11, wherein, 所述编码单位将所述LCU依照四叉树结构进行递归分割。The encoding unit recursively divides the LCU according to a quadtree structure. 13.根据权利要求12所述的图像处理设备,其中,13. The image processing apparatus according to claim 12, wherein, 所述LCU是所述四叉树结构中的顶层的编码单位。The LCU is the top-level encoding unit in the quadtree structure. 14.根据权利要求13所述的图像处理设备,其中,14. The image processing apparatus according to claim 13, wherein, 所述LCU是以序列为单位的固定尺寸的块,The LCU is a fixed-size block based on a sequence. 所述编码单位是可变尺寸的块。The encoding unit is a variable-size block. 15.一种用于图像处理设备的图像处理方法,包括:15. An image processing method for an image processing device, comprising: 以通过对最大编码单位进行递归分割而得到的编码单位为单位,对被设置为非压缩模式的编码单位的编码数据进行解码,以生成图像数据,所述非压缩模式是将图像数据作为编码数据的编码模式;以及Using the encoded data obtained by recursively segmenting the largest encoded unit as the unit, the encoded data of the encoded unit set to uncompressed mode is decoded to generate image data, wherein the uncompressed mode is an encoding mode that uses image data as encoded data; and 对以所述非压缩模式设置的编码单位执行控制,以跳过对所述图像数据在去块滤波器处理之后执行的滤波器处理。Control is applied to the encoding units set in the uncompressed mode to skip the filter processing performed on the image data after the deblocking filter processing. 16.根据权利要求15所述的图像处理方法,还包括:16. The image processing method according to claim 15, further comprising: 对所述图像数据执行所述去块滤波器处理;以及Perform the deblocking filter processing on the image data; and 对执行了所述去块滤波器处理的图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data that has undergone the deblocking filter processing. 17.根据权利要求16所述的图像处理方法,其中,17. The image processing method according to claim 16, wherein, 所述滤波器处理是使用了维纳滤波器的自适应环路滤波器处理。The filter processing described is an adaptive loop filter processing that uses a Wiener filter. 18.根据权利要求16所述的图像处理方法,包括:18. The image processing method according to claim 16, comprising: 使用标识是否要执行滤波器处理的滤波器标识信息,来对所述图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data using filter identification information that indicates whether filter processing should be performed. 19.根据权利要求18所述的图像处理方法,包括:19. The image processing method according to claim 18, comprising: 从所述编码数据获取所述标识信息,The identification information is obtained from the encoded data. 使用获取的所述标识信息对所述图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The obtained identification information is used to perform the filter processing on the image data. 20.根据权利要求16所述的图像处理方法,其中,20. The image processing method according to claim 16, wherein, 使用标识所述去块滤波器处理和所述滤波器处理是否作为环路滤波器处理来执行的环路滤波器标识信息,对所述图像数据执行所述去块滤波器处理和所述滤波器处理。The deblocking filter process and the filter process are performed on the image data using loop filter identification information that identifies whether the deblocking filter process and the filter process are performed as loop filter processes. 21.根据权利要求20所述的图像处理方法,包括:21. The image processing method according to claim 20, comprising: 从所述编码数据获取所述标识信息,The identification information is obtained from the encoded data. 使用获取的环路滤波器标识信息对所述图像数据执行所述去块滤波器处理;以及The image data is processed using the acquired loop filter identification information; and 对执行了去块滤波器处理的图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data that has undergone deblocking filter processing. 22.根据权利要求15所述的图像处理方法,还包括:22. The image processing method according to claim 15, further comprising: 以所述编码单位为单位,针对每个所述单位确定所述非压缩模式是否被选择,以及Using the encoding unit as the unit, determine whether the uncompressed mode is selected for each unit, and 对选择了所述非压缩模式的编码单位执行控制以跳过所述滤波器处理。Control is applied to the encoding unit that has selected the uncompressed mode to skip the filter processing. 23.根据权利要求15所述的图像处理方法,包括:23. The image processing method according to claim 15, comprising: 基于指示是否以所述编码单位为单位选择了所述非压缩模式的编码模式标识信息,来确定是否选择了所述非压缩模式。The selection of the uncompressed mode is determined based on the encoding mode identifier information indicating whether the uncompressed mode has been selected in units of the encoding unit. 24.根据权利要求16所述的图像处理方法,包括:24. The image processing method according to claim 16, comprising: 使用标识在由多个编码单位所构成的块中存在选择了所述非压缩模式的编码单位的标识信息,来对所述图像数据执行所述滤波器处理。The filter processing is performed on the image data by using identifier information indicating the presence of the uncompressed encoding unit selected in a block consisting of multiple encoding units. 25.根据权利要求24所述的图像处理方法,其中,25. The image processing method according to claim 24, wherein, 由所述多个编码单位所构成的块是作为最大尺寸的编码单位的最大编码单位LCU。The block composed of the multiple coding units is the largest coding unit (LCU) with the largest size. 26.根据权利要求25所述的图像处理方法,其中,26. The image processing method according to claim 25, wherein, 所述编码单位将所述LCU依照四叉树结构进行递归分割。The encoding unit recursively divides the LCU according to a quadtree structure. 27.根据权利要求26所述的图像处理方法,其中,27. The image processing method according to claim 26, wherein, 所述LCU是所述四叉树结构中的顶层的编码单位。The LCU is the top-level encoding unit in the quadtree structure. 28.根据权利要求27所述的图像处理方法,其中,28. The image processing method according to claim 27, wherein, 所述LCU是以序列为单位的固定尺寸的块,The LCU is a fixed-size block based on a sequence. 所述编码单位是可变尺寸的块。The encoding unit is a variable-size block.
HK17110819.9A 2011-01-11 2017-10-25 Image processing device and method HK1237163B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011-003245 2011-01-11

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
HK1237163A1 HK1237163A1 (en) 2018-04-06
HK1237163B true HK1237163B (en) 2021-09-30

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN106851291B (en) Image processing device and method
JP6332502B2 (en) Image processing apparatus and method, program, and recording medium
AU2019210569B2 (en) Image processing apparatus and method
JP6299901B2 (en) Image processing apparatus and method, program, and recording medium
HK1237163B (en) Image processing device and method
JP6115619B2 (en) Image processing apparatus and method, program, and recording medium
HK40011583A (en) Image processing device and method
HK40011583B (en) Image processing device and method
AU2015201422B2 (en) Image processing apparatus and method
JP5850272B2 (en) Image processing apparatus and method, program, and recording medium
HK1237163A1 (en) Image processing device and method
HK1237568A1 (en) Image processing apparatus and method